Only the direct costs directly attributable to the performance of the changed work shall be allowed. All other costs shall be included in the allowed markups, including, but not limited to, profit, home office and field overhead, jobsite indirect costs, extended overhead, jobsite office personnel, general field superintendence, general engineering, supervision of labor, bond and insurance premiums, and general field expense, and shall constitute full 884
117
General Provisions
compensation for all costs not included as actual labor, materials, equipment, or Subcontractor costs. Markups for changed work shall not exceed the following:
Labor 25%
Materials 15%
Equipment Rental 15%
Bonds and Insurance 2%
The Contractor or Subcontractor, whomever actually performs the changed work, may add the markups to the total of allowable costs. When a Subcontractor performs work, the Contractor and any higher tiered Subcontractor may add as mark-up to the total of allowable costs an amount not to exceed five percent (5%), subject to the limitations of this Section.
When the City is entitled to credit for deleted work, a ten percent (10%) credit for deleted overhead of the Contractor or Subcontractor, as applicable, will be added to such credit.
9-10 COMPENSABLE EXCUSABLE DELAYS
Payments will be made as follows for compensable excusable delays, as defined in Section 7-12.02, “Excusable Delays”, of these General Provisions. Contractor waives any and all monetary compensation for excusable delays other than the items listed below.
9-10.01 Construction Equipment
Compensation will be paid for construction equipment idle as a result of a compensable excusable delay to the extent costs are incurred. The prices paid for equipment will be those in the current edition of the Caltrans publication, “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates”, with the following modifications:
• The right-of-way delay factor for each classification of equipment will be applied to the rental rate.
• Compensation will be provided for the actual time of the delay, but not more than eight (8) hours per day.
Compensation will be provided for each day or portion of a day, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, for the duration of the delay, unless the approved current schedule identifies critical path work for these days.
9-10.02 Jobsite Indirect Costs
Indirect costs shall be limited to the following:
1. Actual payroll costs for field office staff incurred as a result of the delay, including management, supervision, safety, estimating, engineering, drafting, clerical, secretarial and accounting. A twenty-six percent (26%) surcharge for taxes, insurance, and all other payments made to or on the behalf of the employee may be added to the payroll costs.
2. Actual cost for third-party services provided for the field office, such as 885
118
General Provisions
management, supervision, safety, estimating, engineering, drafting, clerical, secretarial, and accounting utilized in lieu of employees.
3. Applicable field office expenses for rent and utilities that are substantiated by invoices. Compensation for on-site plant, incidentals, and facilities for non-field office personnel including branch office and home office personnel will not be provided. Compensation for these items and other incidentals is included in the Section 9-10.03, “Markup for Compensable Excusable Delays”, of these General Provisions.
9-10.03 Markup for Compensable Excusable Delays
Except for compensable excusable delays associated with archeological and cultural resources as described in Section 10-12, “Archeological and Cultural Resources”, of these General Provisions and right-of-way delays, fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to job-site indirect costs for onsite plant, incidentals, overhead, home and branch office costs, bonds and profit. The Contractor shall determine the distribution of the markup among the Contractor, Subcontractors, and suppliers.
9-10.04 Duplicated Overhead Costs
If the Contractor is compensated for delays in accordance with this Chapter, and the delay is attributable to direct cost changes to which markups were added, equitable adjustments shall be made to eliminate the duplication of compensation for indirect and overhead costs and profit.
9-11 LIMITATIONS ON PAYMENTS FOR CHANGED WORK
The City will not pay the Contractor for costs in excess of prevailing market values, unless the Contractor can establish, to the satisfaction of the City, that the Contractor has investigated all possible means of providing the work and that the excess costs could not be avoided. The City will be the sole judge of the necessity of incurring costs in excess of market value and whether the excess costs are directly required for performance of changed work. The City’s determination will be final.
9-12 TIME EXTENSIONS FOR CHANGES
The Contractor is entitled to adjustment in Contract Time only if completion of the entire Work or of any milestone outlined in the Special Provisions is extended due to changes impacting the controlling item of work. Each proposal submitted by the Contractor in accordance with Section 9-5, “Prosecution of Changes to the Contract”, of these General Provisions, shall state the amount of extra time the Contractor believes the change added to the overall project schedule. Failure to request a time extension within the time allowed constitutes a waiver of the Contractor’s right to subsequently claim an adjustment in Contract Time.
9-13 EFFECT ON SURETIES OF CHANGES TO THE WORK
No alterations, time extensions, extra or additional work or other changes authorized by these conditions or any part of the Contract shall affect the sureties’ obligations under the 886
119
General Provisions
Contract.
9-14 CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER
The City will issue a Change Order if a change to the Total Contract Price or Contract Time is necessary. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustments in either Total Contract Price or Contract Time for changes performed before receipt of a written directive requiring the changes or Change Order approved by the City. Adjustments in Contract Time or Total Contract Price for changes performed will not be made until a Change Order is approved by the City. A Change Order is generally comprised of one or more Field Directives or other written orders or directives, and contains a summary of each change and changes to the Total Contract Price and Contract Time.
9-15 ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS FOR CHANGES
A Change Order that is substantially in agreement with the Contractor’s Proposed Change Order, and/or the Contractor’s written agreement of a Change Order, Field Directive or other written directive, will constitute the Contractor’s final and binding agreement to the provisions of the Change Order, Field Directive, or other written directive, and a waiver of all claims in connection therewith, whether direct or consequential in nature, including those of any Subcontractors or suppliers. If the Contractor disagrees with any Change Order, Field Directive, or other written directive, the Contractor may submit a notice of potential claim to the City in accordance with Section 9-17, “Notice of Potential Claim”, of these General Provisions. Disagreement with the provisions of a Change Order, Field Directive, or other written order will not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract.
9-16 DISPUTE REGARDING CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
If the Contractor and City fail to agree whether or not any work or other matter is within the scope of the Contract, the Contractor shall nevertheless immediately perform such work upon receipt of a written Field Directive or other written order. If Contractor disagrees with a decision by the City that any work is within the scope of the Contract, then the Contractor must follow the claims procedures in the Contract, including but not limited to Sections 7-13, 8-11, 9-17 and 9-18 of these General Provisions.
The Contractor shall not stop performing the Work pending resolution of a dispute, unless so ordered in writing by the City.
9-17 NOTICE OF POTENTIAL CLAIM
The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment of any additional compensation (whether money or time) for any cause, including any disagreement, protest, or change, any act or failure to act by the City, or the happening of any event, thing or occurrence, unless the Contractor has given the City due advance written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. The written Notice of Potential Claim shall set forth the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional monetary compensation and/or time will or may be due, the nature of the costs and/or time involved, and, insofar as possible, the amount of the potential claim.
887
120
General Provisions
The Contractor shall promptly provide a written Notice of Potential Claim to the City upon discovery of concealed or unknown conditions or upon any disagreement, protest, situation, event, or occurrence that may result in a claim, including but not limited to changes in work and delays. The Notice shall be submitted no more than five (5) Working Days after the discovery or occurrence of any event that may be the basis for a claim for additional compensation or additional time.
Failure to timely submit the Notice waives any Claim that Contractor may otherwise have had the right to submit based on the underlying occurrence or event.
9-18 SUBMISSION OF CLAIMS
Claims shall be subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code secti ons 20104 et seq. and 9204. A summary of those provisions is set forth below. A waiver of the rights granted by the referenced statutes is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a Claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) the City may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addi tion to the statutory requirements, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the statutory timeframes and procedures.
To the extent that the summary below is inconsistent with any requirement of those statutes, the statutes shall control. The terms below are intended to be consistent with the governing statutes, and any modifications shall be understood as lawful modifications or additions to the statutory requirements if at all possible.
9-18.01 Definitions
“Claim” means a separate demand by the Contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:
(A) a time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay asse ssed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project.
(B) payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, Contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled.
(C) payment of an amount that is disputed by the City.
“Mediation” means any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation.
“Public works contract” or “public works project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind.
888
121
General Provisions
“Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with the Contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor.
9-18.02 Claims Procedure.
All Claims under this Contract shall be resolved using the following procedure.
9-18.02.01 The Claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the Claim as set forth in Section 9- 18.03. Unless a different time is stated in the Contract Documents, Claims must be filed not later than thirty (30) Calendar Days after the proposed final payment request is returned to the Contractor by the City. Any Claim shall be certified under penalty of perjury and in compliance with the California False Claims Act, as set forth in Section 9 -18.03 below.
Failure to include these required certifications will constitute grounds for immediate rejection of the Claim and shall be deemed a waiver and absolute bar of the Claim, including any right to pursue the Claim further.
9-18.02.02 If a Subcontractor, including a lower tier Subcontractor, lacks legal standing to assert a Claim against the City because privity of contract does not exist, then the Contractor may present a Claim on behalf of such a Subcontractor. A first-tier Subcontractor may request in writing, either on its own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier Subcontractor, that the Contractor present a Claim on behalf of the Subcontractor for work that was performed by the Subcontractor. The Subcontractor requesting that the C laim be presented shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the Contractor shall notify the Subcontractor in writing as to whether the Contractor presented the Claim and, if the Contractor did not present the Claim, provide the Subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so.
9-18.02.03 Upon receipt of a Claim, the City shall conduct a reasonable review of the Claim. Within 30 days of receipt of the Claim, the City may request, in writing, any additional documentation supporting the Claim or relating to defenses to the Clai m that the City may have against the claimant. Where additional information is requested by the City , the time in which the City must respond to a Claim shall be tolled until all requested information is provided. If additional information is thereafter r equired, then it shall be requested and provided upon mutual agreement of the City and the Contractor.
9-18.02.04 Within 45 days of receipt of the Claim, as that time may be tolled as provided in Section 9 -18.02.03 above, the City shall provide the Contractor with a written statement identifying what portion of the Claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a Claim, the City and the Contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period for a response. Failure by the City to respond to a Claim within the time periods described herein shall result in the Claim 889
122
General Provisions
being deemed rejected in its entirety. A Claim that is denied by failure of the City to respond shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the Cl aim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant.
9-18.02.05 Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement. The City shall not fail to pay money as to any portion of a Claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
9-18.02.06 If the claimant disputes the City ’s written response, or the City fails to respond within the time prescribed, the Contractor may so notify the City, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the City’s response or within 15 days of the City’s failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in di spute. Upon receipt of a demand, sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the City shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
9-18.02.07 Within 10 business days following the conc lusion of the meet and confer conference, if the Claim or any portion of the Claim remains in dispute, then the City shall provide the Contractor a written statement identifying the portion of the Claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undis puted. Failure by the City to provide the written statement within the time periods described herein shall result in the remaining Claim issues being deemed rejected in their entirety. Denial by failure of the City to respond shall not constitute an adve rse finding with regard to the merits of the remaining Claim issues or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the District issues its written statement.
9-18.02.08 Any remaining disputed portion of the Claim following the meet and confer conference shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the City and the Contractor sharing the associated costs equally. The City and the Contractor shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the Claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the Claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. Unless otherwise agreed to by the City and the Contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this Section shall excuse any further obligation under Public Contract Code Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. This Section does not preclude arbitration if mediation under this Section does not resolve the parties’ dispute.
890
123
General Provisions
9-18.02.09 If mediation is unsuccessful, then the Contractor may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code with respect to the parts of the Claim remaining in dispute. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a C laim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the Contractor submits his or her written Claim pursuant to Section 9 -
18.02.01 until the time that mediation of disputed portions of that Claim is completed. This Section does not apply to tort claims, and nothing in this Section is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
9-18.02.10 Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this Section shall bear interest at seven percent (7%) per year.
9-18.02.11 Claims of $375,000 or less are subject to the following procedures for civil actions filed to resolve the claims:
(a) The case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act (Title 4 (commencing with Section 2016.010) of Part 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any such proceeding, consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(b) The parties stipulate that the arbitrator shall be experienced in construction law and shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly r ates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.
(c) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who, after receiving an arbitration award, requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a mor e favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorneys’ fees of the other party arising out of trial de novo.
(d) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in arbitration process.
891
124
General Provisions
In any suit filed under Public Contract Code Section 20104.4, the City shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law.
9-18.03 Documentation of Claims by Contractor
For each Claim, the Contractor shall furnish claim documentation as herein specified.
Contractor shall submit three (3) certified copies of all claim documentation. All claim documentation shall be complete when submitted. The evaluation of the Contractor's claim will be based on City's records and the claim documentation submitted by Contractor.
Claim documentation shall conform to generally accepted auditing standards and shall be in the following format:
1. Introduction and background
2. Issues
a. Index of issues
b. For each issue:
• Background
• Chronology
• Contractor's position (reason for City’s potential liability)
• Supporting documentation of merit
• Supporting documentation of damages
3. CPM schedules, as-planned versus as-built, and delay analysis
4. Productivity and damages exhibits
5. Summary of issues and damages
Supporting documentation of merit for each issue shall be cited by reference, photocopies, or explained. Supporting documentation may include, but not be limited to, General Provisions, Technical and other Specifications, Drawings, correspondence, conference notes, shop drawing logs, survey books, inspection reports, delivery schedules, test reports, daily reports, subcontracts, fragmentary CPM schedules, photographs, technical reports, RFIs, Field Directives, and other related records.
Supporting documentation of damages for each issue shall be cited, photocopied, or explained. Supporting documentation may include, but not be limited to, certified detailed labor, materials, equipment, and construction equipment and services costs; purchase orders; invoices; project as-planned and as-built costs; Subcontractor payment releases; 892
125
General Provisions
quantity reports; other related records; general ledger and any other accounting materials.
Each submission of Claim documentation shall include the following certification, signed in the same manner as the Contract was signed:
Claim Declaration
I, [name of declarant], declare the following:
[Contractor company name] has contracted with the City of Rocklin for the [name of project] project. I am authorized by my employer ( [contractor company name] ) to prepare the attached claim for compensation (in other words, for money and/or time extensions) to the City of Rocklin regarding this project (dat ed _________, 20_, and requesting $_________ and/or ___ additional working days), and I did prepare said attached claim. I am the most knowledgeable person at [contractor company name] regarding this claim.
I am aware of all law that relates to this clai m, including but not limited to California Penal Code section 72, Government Code sections 12650 et seq. (False Claims Act), and Business and Professions Code sections 17200 et seq. (Unfair Business Practices Act). I am aware that submission or certification of false claims, or other claims that violate law or the contract, may lead to fines, imprisonment, and/or other severe legal consequences for myself and/or [contractor company name].
The attached claim is prepared and submitted in good faith, does not breach the contract between [contractor company name] and the City of Rocklin for this project, does not violate any law, satisfies all provisions of the contract, only contains truthful and accurate supporting data, and only requests an amount that accurately reflects the adjustments to money and time for which I honestly and in good faith believe that the City of Rocklin is responsible under its contract with [contractor company name].
So that I could declare that the statements in this declaration and the attached claim were true and correct, while preparing this declaration and claim I consulted with others (for example, attorneys, consultants, or others who work for [contractor company name]) when necessary to assure myself that said statements were true and correct.
I declare under the penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed _________, 20__, at ___________, California.
____________________
[name of declarant]
If the Contractor is unable to support any part of a claim and it is determined that such inability is attributable to falsity of such certification or misrepresentation of fact or fraud by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be liable to the City for three (3) times the amount of damages which the City sustains, plus the cost of civil action, and may be liable to the City for a civil penalty of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for each false claim.
9-19 ENGINEER’S DECISION
The Engineer will review the facts of any disputed Claim and may request additional information, evidence, or testimony in accordance with Section 9-18. The Engineer will render a fair, impartial decision based on the Contract, and the evidence submitted by the City and Contractor representatives.
893
126
General Provisions
9-20 ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION
After all remedies and provisions of the Contract are exhausted, any dispute related to the Work or Contract may be resolved by mediation or arbitration if agreed upon by the parties involved and the City and the Contractor amend the Contract to agree on a form of alternative dispute resolution.
9-21 NO ALTERNATIVE CLAIMS PROCEDURE
Nothing in the Contract constitutes an agreement for an alternative claim procedure under the provisions of Government Code Section 930.2, nor relieves the Contractor of the requirements of Government Code, Part 3, Chapters 1 and 2 and Title 1, Division 3.6, Chapters 1, 2, 3, and 4, or Public Contract Code Section 20104.2(e).
9-22 ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS
The Contractor shall not assign any portion of the moneys due the Contractor without written City approval. No person other than the party signing the Contract has any claim under the Contract, except as provided in the Contract.
894
127
General Provisions
CHAPTER 10 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS AT WORK SITE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
10-1 DUST CONTROL ...................................................................................................... 128 10-1.01 General ................................................................................................... 128 10-1.02 Dust Palliative ......................................................................................... 128 10-1.03 Measurement and Payment ...................................................................... 128 10-2 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL ..................................................................................... 128 10-3 BURNING.................................................................................................................. 128 10-4 EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ............................... 128 10-4.01 General ................................................................................................... 128 10-4.02 City Requirements ................................................................................... 129 10-4.03 Regulations, Ordinances, Permits, and Specifications ................................. 129 10-4.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ...................................................... 130 10-4.05 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan ........................................................... 130 10-4.06 Minimum City Requirements – Best Management Practices for Construction Activities. ................................................................................................ 130 10-4.07 Compliance ............................................................................................. 131 10-4.08 Payment ................................................................................................. 131 10-5 CONTROL OF WATER IN THE WORK .................................................................... 132 10-6 NOISE CONTROL ..................................................................................................... 132 10-7 CONTAMINATED AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OR ENVIRONMENTS ............. 132 10-7.01 Contaminated or Hazardous Materials ....................................................... 132 10-7.02 Hazardous Environments ......................................................................... 132 10-8 USE OF EXPLOSIVES .............................................................................................. 132 10-9 SANITARY REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 133 10-10 CONFINED SPACES .............................................................................................. 133 10-10.01 Contractor Responsibilities and Qualifications ........................................... 133 10-10.02 City Responsibilities for Permit Confined Spaces ...................................... 133 10-10.03 Existing Sewers and Storm Drains ........................................................... 133 10-10.04 Joint City – Contractor Entries ................................................................. 134 10-11 CLEANING UP ........................................................................................................ 134 10-12 ARCHEOLOGICAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES .............................................. 134 10-13 PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES ..................................................................... 134
895
128
General Provisions
CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS AT WORK SITE
10-1 DUST CONTROL
10-1.01 General
Dust control is a year-round requirement. Dust control shall consist of applying water and/or soil binder/dust palliative to alleviate or prevent fugitive and nuisance dust resulting from the Contractor's operations, either within or outside the Work right-of-way. Dust control shall be performed by the Contractor at any time dust, resulting from the Contractor’s operations, becomes a fugitive or a nuisance or visual impediment, or as directed by the City. Failure to adequately control dust will be cause for the City to direct the Contractor to suspend operations or for the City to perform such activity with all costs to be borne by the Contractor.
The application of water for dust control may be performed by the Contractor for the Contractor’s convenience.
10-1.02 Dust Palliative
Dust palliative shall be applied when deemed necessary by the City. Dust palliative may be used for dust control on disturbed soil areas, haul roads and staging areas. Dust palliatives are to be submitted to the City for approval prior to use and applied per manufacturer’s recommendation. Costs for dust palliatives will be born solely by Contractor.
10-1.03 Measurement and Payment
Full compensation for applying water and/or dust palliatives for dust control is included in the prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be paid.
10-2 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State, City, regional air district (Placer County Air Pollution Control District), and local air pollution control rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes that apply to the Work. The Contractor shall also comply with the requirements of any permits issued to the City as noted in the Special Provisions.
10-3 BURNING
Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions or approved by the City in writing, material shall not be burned on site.
10-4 EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
10-4.01 General
The Federal Clean Water Act requires construction sites to prevent pollutants entering storm drain systems. Storm drain systems include both constructed and natural facilities, including streams, waterways, and other bodies of water. The Contractor shall protect the local storm drain system from pollution, and shall conduct and schedule operations to avoid erosion and sediments. Where erosion may cause water pollution due to the nature of the material or the season, the Contractor's operations shall be scheduled so temporary or permanent erosion 896
129
General Provisions
control features are installed concurrently with, or immediately following, grading operations.
The Contractor is responsible for organizing and scheduling the Work to prevent, control, and/or abate water pollution. In order to provide effective and continuous control of water pollution, it may be necessary for the Contractor to perform the Work in small or multiple units, on an out-of-phase schedule, and/or with modified construction procedures. The Contractor shall coordinate water pollution control work with all other Contract work.
10-4.02 City Requirements
Unless specified otherwise in the Contract, all construction projects in the City of Rocklin must have a water pollution control program as follows:
• Construction projects disturbing more than the threshold number of acres as defined in the State General Construction Permit [currently one (1) acre] must have a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). (See Section 10-4.04 below.) • Construction involving the grading, filling, excavating, storage, or disposal of fifty (50) cubic yards or more of soil, or the clearing or grubbing of one (1) acre or more must have an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP). (See Section 10-4.05 below.) • All other construction must comply with the City of Rocklin Municipal Code. (See Section 10-4.06 below.)
Before starting the Work, the Contractor shall develop a program for the control of water pollution during the Work. The program shall indicate how the Contractor proposes to effectively control water pollution and provide drainage during the Work. The program shall also describe how the Contractor plans to monitor the effectiveness of the program. The program shall show erosion control work and all water pollution control measures the Contractor plans to implement in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall not perform any clearing, grubbing or earthwork on the project, other than that specifically authorized in writing by the City, without a water pollution control program. When requested by the City, the Contractor shall submit the program for review.
The City is not liable to the Contractor for any portion of the water pollution control program or subsequent revisions nor for any delays to the Work due to the Contractor’s failure to prepare and implement a program nor for any delays as a result of City review.
10-4.03 Regulations, Ordinances, Permits, and Specifications
The Contractor is responsible for compliance with all Federal, State, City and local permits, rules, regulations, ordinances, statutes, and City directions that apply to erosion, sediment, and water pollution control. The Contractor, at a minimum, shall comply with the most stringent regulation, ordinance, permit, or specification of the following applicable to the Work:
• This Chapter or the Special Provisions
• Chapter 8.30 of Title 15 of the City Municipal Code
• Chapter 15.28 of Title 15 of the City Municipal Code
• State of California Construction Activities Storm Water General Permit • Specific or general National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) or other permits that cover the Work or are specific to the area of the Work • The City of Rocklin Joint Municipal NPDES Permit
897
130
General Provisions
The Contractor’s responsibility to provide water pollution control under this Chapter ends at Field Acceptance of the Work. (See Section 7-21 above.)
10-4.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
For construction projects disturbing more than one (1) acre, the Contractor must obtain coverage under the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) General Storm Water Permit to Discharge Storm Water Associated with Construction Activity (General Permit).
General Permit coverage is obtained by certifying and filing a Notice of Intent (NOI) with the Regional Board. The Contractor will prepare and the City will file the NOI unless specified otherwise in the Special Provisions.
Additionally, unless specified otherwise in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall prepare a SWPPP in accordance with the General Permit or other permit specified in the Special Provisions. The SWPPP shall be prepared by an individual qualified and certified about storm water pollution prevention methods and requirements, and shall be signed by the preparer of the SWPPP. The SWPPP shall be implemented by the Contractor before Work commences.
The Contractor may not be allowed to mobilize until the plan is accepted. The SWPPP shall be kept onsite at all times, updated for the various phases of the project, and made immediately available for City and Regional Board Inspectors upon request. Updates shall be submitted to the City immediately for review. At a minimum, the SWPPP shall include all elements as specified in the State’s order.
10-4.05 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
Construction projects involving the grading, filling, excavating, storage, or disposal of fifty (50) cubic yards or more of soil, or the clearing or grubbing of one (1) acre or more, are required to comply with the provisions of Chapters 15.28 of Title 15 of the City Municipal Code.
The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) shall be prepared by a qualified and certified practitioner. When requested by the City, the ESCP shall be reviewed by the City before work commences. Unless otherwise approved by the City, the Contractor will not be allowed to mobilize until the plan is prepared. If the Contractor’s methods fail to prevent erosion or siltation, the Contractor shall revise and adjust the control measures to provide effective control, and shall be responsible for any damage, fine, and/or administrative civil liabilities resulting from erosion or siltation originating on the Work site and any other site the Contractor controls or passes through.
10-4.06 Minimum City Requirements – Best Management Practices for Construction Activities.
All construction contractors performing work in the City shall conform to adopted City standards.
In addition to any adopted BMPS or other requirements for construction projects adopted by the City, the following requirements shall apply to all projects undergoing construction in the City.
The requirements set forth below shall apply.
1. Sediment, construction waste and other pollutants from construction sites and parking areas, including runoff from equipment at construction sites, shall be retained on the site to the maximum extent practicable.
898
131
General Provisions
2. Any sediment or other materials that are not retained on the site shall be removed the same day as the projects are completed. Where determined as necessary by the director, a temporary sediment barrier shall be installed.
3. Plastic covering may be utilized to prevent erosion of an otherwise unprotected area, along with runoff devices to intercept and safely convey the runoff.
4. Excavated soil or stockpiled base materials shall be located on the site in a manner that minimizes the amount of sediments running into the street or adjoining properties. Soil and materials piles shall be covered until the soil is either used or removed. Soil and materials shall not be placed on paved streets or sidewalks without specific permission of the City.
5. No washing of construction or other industrial vehicles shall be allowed on a construction site or property adjacent to a construction site.
6. Drainage controls shall be utilized as needed, depending on the extent of the proposed grading and topography of the site, including but not limited to the following: detention ponds, sediment ponds, infiltration pits, dikes, filter berms, ditches, down drains, chutes, or flumes.
Notification to the Project Manager shall be required within twenty-four (24) hours following the failure of authorized measures to prevent erosion or sediment from leaving the construction site, the deposit of debris or material on adjoining property or public rights -of-ways, or the interference with any existing watercourses or drainage facilities.
10-4.07 Compliance
Compliance with the provisions in this Chapter does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for compliance with other Contract provisions.
The Contractor shall perform routine inspection and maintenance of BMP’s. Inspections shall be done prior to, during, and after each rain event. The Contractor is solely responsible for preparing and maintaining inspection and monitoring records; and for including those records in the SWPPP or, in the case of Erosion and Sediment Control Plans, the site or project Maintenance Log, copies of which shall be available to the City for review upon request.
The Contractor shall immediately correct or replace any ineffective BMP. If the measures taken by the Contractor are inadequate to effectively control water pollution, the City may direct the Contractor to revise the operations and water pollution control program. The City may restrict work from being performed until the water pollution control measures are adequate and, if required, a revised water pollution control program is in place. Continued noncompliance may result in the City suspending the Work in accordance with Section 5-21, above. The City reserves the right to take corrective action and withhold City costs for corrective action from progress payments or final payment in accordance with Section 8-8, above.
Any fines, including third-party claims, levied against the City as a result of Contractor's non- compliance are the Contractor's sole responsibility and will be withheld from progress payments or final payment in accordance with Section 8-8, of the General Provisions.
10-4.08 Payment
Except as otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, full compensation for compliance with all applicable erosion and sediment control and storm water pollution and prevention requirements will be included in the prices paid for the various Contract items of work and no 899
132
General Provisions
additional compensation will be allowed.
10-5 CONTROL OF WATER IN THE WORK
When groundwater or surface run-off water is encountered, the Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and operate all necessary machinery, appliances, and equipment to keep excavations and wet areas reasonably free from water. De-watering operations shall remain in effect until the Work has been completed, inspected, and approved, and all danger of flotation and other damage is eliminated. Water pumped from waterways, trenches, excavations, or low spots shall be disposed as specified in the Special Provisions or as directed by the City.
The Contractor is not allowed to dispose of any water that contains sediment or other contaminants. The Contractor is responsible for providing filtration, settlement, or disposal facilities as required to comply with the requirements of Section 10-4, above.
10-6 NOISE CONTROL
The Contractor shall comply with all local noise control and noise level rules, regulations, and ordinances that apply to the Work. The Special Provisions may contain specific or additional requirements. Internal combustion engines used for any purpose on the Work must be equipped with a muffler recommended by the manufacturer.
10-7 CONTAMINATED AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OR ENVIRONMENTS
10-7.01 Contaminated or Hazardous Materials
The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and local rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes that apply to the handling, storage, and disposal of contaminated and hazardous materials. All work involving material containing asbestos must be performed in accordance with California Labor Code, Sections 6501.5 through 6510 and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5208 and any other pertinent regulations.
10-7.02 Hazardous Environments
Existing sewers and appurtenances exposed to sewage and industrial wastes are considered contaminated with disease-causing organisms. The Contractor shall advise all personnel (including Subcontractor personnel) in contact with contaminated facilities, debris, wastewater, or similar items of the necessary precautions to avoid disease. It is the Contractor's responsibility to urge all personnel to observe a strict regimen of proper hygienic precautions, including any inoculations recommended by the local public health officer.
10-8 USE OF EXPLOSIVES
The Contractor shall not use explosives on the Work unless the City grants permission in writing or the use of explosives is specified in the Contract Documents, and then only under such conditions as the City prescribes.
900
133
General Provisions
10-9 SANITARY REGULATIONS
The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and local rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes with respect to sanitation. The Contractor shall obey and enforce such sanitary requirements, and shall take precautions against contagious or infectious diseases. Sanitary conveniences for the use of the workers shall be constructed or installed and maintained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall strictly enforce use of such facilities.
10-10 CONFINED SPACES
10-10.01 Contractor Responsibilities and Qualifications
When working in a confined space, the Contractor shall comply with all confined space requirements of Title 8, General Industry Safety Orders (Cal-OSHA), Article 108, Sections 5156 through 5159.
Prior to any confined space entry, the Contractor shall submit for City review a copy of the entry permit and associated documentation. The Contractor's submittal shall be made thirty (30) days prior to any confined space entry in accordance with Section 5-8, above. The Contractor will not be allowed to make a permit-required confined space entry until the City has reviewed the Contractor’s qualifications and proposed methods.
The Contractor shall conform to the procedures established by the Contractor’s submittal during all confined space operations. Contractor shall provide all monitoring and safety equipment necessary to perform pre-entry checks of confined spaces. The Contractor shall also provide all monitoring, safety, and communications equipment required for confined space operations.
10-10.02 City Responsibilities for Permit Confined Spaces
The Contractor shall be provided with information regarding known hazards and known or potential permit spaces. After the City has reviewed the Contractor’s submittal to perform permit-required confined space entry work, the Contractor will be provided with the following:
• Notification of the location, physical characteristics, known hazards, etc. regarding the permit-required confined space the Contractor anticipates entering. • Information regarding safety items (e.g. nearby emergency equipment), precautions, procedures, safeguards, etc. installed or implemented and that may be available to the Contractor's employees in or near the permit-required confined space.
The City’s failure to identify a confined space does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for compliance with the requirements of Article 108 (Cal-OSHA) and this Chapter.
10-10.03 Existing Sewers and Storm Drains
Because of the potential danger of solvents, gasoline, and other hazardous material in existing sewers and storm drain pipes, these areas shall be treated as permit-required confined spaces unless it has been proven, through appropriate testing, that no hazards exist or are expected to develop.
901
134
General Provisions
10-10.04 Joint City – Contractor Entries
Unless otherwise directed in writing by the City, when City employees work alongside the Contractor in a permit-required confined space, the permit procedures for both the City and the Contractor shall be used. The Entry Supervisor shall coordinate the requirements of both permit procedures prior to entry.
10-11 CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall keep the site in a neat and presentable condition. The Contractor shall dispose of surplus materials, clean out all drainage ditches and structures, and repair any fences or other property damaged during the progress of the Work. When material is disposed of outside of an easement, street, or highway right-of-way, or other City-owned properties, the Contractor shall do so in accordance with the Contract Documents.
10-12 ARCHEOLOGICAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
If archeological or cultural resources are discovered during the Work, the Contractor shall cease all construction operations in the vicinity of the discovery until a qualified archeologist can assess the value of these resources and make recommendations to the State Historic Preservation Officer. Archeological and cultural resources include artifacts, large amounts of bone, shell, or flaked stone, and other evidence of human activity. If the State Historic Preservation Officer or the City directs that work be temporarily ceased at the location of an archeological or cultural find, the Contractor shall temporarily suspend work at the location.
If the City or the State Historic Preservation Officer temporarily suspends a portion of the Work for cultural purposes, any associated delays are considered excusable in accordance with Section 7-12.02, “Excusable Delays”, above.
10-13 PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES
Special attention shall be given to protection of certain native and ornamental trees or shrubs, landmark trees, and all native oak trees. Additional requirements for specific trees may be shown on the Plans, or designated in the Special Provisions or by the City. No native oak trees shall be removed or disturbed unless specifically designated for removal on the Plans or by the City. Every reasonable effort shall be made to avoid creating conditions adverse to the tree’s health. The natural ground three (3) fee outside of the drip line of protected trees shall remain as undisturbed as possible. All protected trees within the Work area that require pruning for construction clearance shall be pruned prior to commencement of construction.
Native oak trees that require pruning of branches larger than two inches (2”) in diameter shall be pruned by a Certified Arborist.
902
135
General Provisions
CHAPTER 11 – PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND RECORD DRAWINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
11-1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 136 11-2 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS ................................................................. 136 11-3 RECORD DRAWINGS ............................................................................................. 136 11-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 137
903
136
General Provisions
CHAPTER 11 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND RECORD DRAWINGS
11-1 GENERAL
Preconstruction photographs will only be required when specified in the Special Provisions.
Record Drawings are required on all City Work, unless directed otherwise in writing by the City.
11-2 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
Preconstruction digital photographs shall be taken by the Contractor at one-hundred foot (100’) intervals along the route of the Work before any construction begins. The view in each photograph shall show the date; and include name of the Project, lateral or street, and applicable station designation in the form of a sign or legend in the record book. The views in preconstruction photographs shall include the entire construction zone and, in particular, show the interface between the right-of-way and construction zone, and abutting property features such as, but not limited to, condition of existing streets, sidewalks, driveways, fences, landscaping, buildings abutting work site, and existing surface utility facilities on and close to the Work. All essential features of the project area shall be shown accurately. The City may order additional photographs showing additional features or orientations, if the City determines that all essential features are not accurately or adequately shown.
11-3 RECORD DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall maintain a neat and accurately marked set of Record Drawings (as- builts), which shall be provided to the City for review and approval prior to final acceptance of the Work. The Record Drawings shall represent the Work as constructed and document changes to the Work shown on the Project Plans, and shall show the actual as-constructed conditions of installed or modified systems, equipment, and material.
Record Drawings shall be produced by marking a full size copy of the Project Plans as follows:
Red - Additions including notes and dimensions.
Green - Deletions (by hash marks or appropriate lines through the deletion.) Graphite (gray) - General comments and notes used by Contractor or City and not required on the as-built.
Yellow – Work completed as shown and used by the City in field review of the as-built, during the submittal phase.
Blue – City verification and notes required to be added and noted by the City in review of the as-built, during submittal phase.
The Record Drawings shall show, by field measured dimensions, the exact locations of all underground work, including all sprinkler system piping and components, and the final elevations and locations of all improvements constructed, modified or adjusted. Record Drawings shall be available for inspection by the City at all times and shall be updated at least weekly with all changes pertinent to Field Directives, other written directives, RFI responses, and Change Orders shown thereon. Progress payments or portions thereof may be withheld if Record Drawings are not kept up to date.
904
137
General Provisions
Unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall submit two (2) sets of Record Drawings to the City at the final inspection for review. Upon approval, the Contractor shall submit one paper set and electronic versions (AutoCAD, PDF, or TIF) on CD or flash drive. These Record Drawings shall include certification by the Contractor that the Record Drawings are a true representation of the Work as actually constructed. The Work will not be formally accepted until the Record Drawings are provided to and approved by the City. Final payment or a portion thereof may be withheld if final Record Drawings are not provided.
11-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
When the Contract includes a separate item for preconstruction photographs, preconstruction photographs will be paid for at a lump sum price. The lump sum price paid for preconstruction photographs includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in taking and submitting preconstruction photographs, or optional video tape, as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the City. When the Contract does not include a payment item for preconstruction photographs, full compensation for preconstruction photographs is included in the prices paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made.
Full compensation for Record Drawings is included in the prices paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made.
905
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 1
This Product MasterSpec Section is licensed by Deltek, Inc. to Generac Power Systems, Inc. ("Licensee").
This Product MasterSpec Section modifies the original MasterSpec text and does not include the full content of the original MasterSpec Section.
Revisions made to the original MasterSpec text are made solely by the Licensee and are not endorsed by, or representative of the opinions of, Deltek or The American Institute of Architects (AIA). Neither AIA nor Deltek are liable in any way for such revisions or for the use of this Product MasterSpec Section by any end user. A qualified design professional should review and edit the docume nt to suit project requirements.
For more information, contact Generac Power Systems, Inc., 211 Murphy Drive, Eagle, WI 53119; Phone: (888) 436-3722; Website: http://www.generac.com; Email: [email protected].
For information about MasterSpec, contact Deltek at (800) 424-5080 or visit masterspec.com.
SECTION 263213.13 - DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS TIPS:
To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes.
To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Diesel engine.
2. Diesel fuel-oil system.
3. Control and monitoring.
4. Generator overcurrent and fault protection.
5. Generator, exciter, and voltage regulator.
6. Load bank.
7. Outdoor engine generator enclosure.
8. Vibration isolation devices.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 262313 "Paralleling Low -Voltage Switchgear" for controls and paralleling equipment for large or multiple parallel engine generators.
2. Section 263343 "Battery Chargers" for remote engine battery chargers. 906
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 2
3. Section 263600 "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches including sensors and relays to initiate automatic-starting and -stopping signals for engine generators.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. EPS: Emergency power supply.
B. EPSS: Emergency power supply system.
C. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories.
2. Include thermal damage curve for generator.
3. Include time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device.
4. Include fuel consumption in gallons per hour (liters per hour) at 0.8 power factor at 0.5,
0.75, and 1.0 times generator capacity.
5. Include generator efficiency at 0.8 power factor at 0.5, 0.75, and 1.0 times generator capacity.
6. Include airflow requirements for cooling and combustion air in cubic feet per minute (cubic meters per minute) at 0.8 power factor, with air -supply temperature of 95, 80, 70, and 50 deg F (35, 27, 21, and 10 deg C). Provide Drawings indicating requirements and limitations for location of air intake and exhausts.
7. Include generator characteristics, including, but not limited to, kilowatt rating, efficiency, reactances, and short-circuit current capability.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Include plans and elevations for engine generator and other components specified.
Indicate access requirements affected by height of subbase fuel tank.
2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.
3. Identify fluid drain ports and clearance requirements for proper fluid drain.
4. Design calculations for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases.
5. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include base weights.
6. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Complete schematic, wiring, and interconnection diagrams indicating terminal markings for engine generators and functional relationship between all electrical components. 907
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 3
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For [Installer] [manufacturer] [and] [testing agency].
B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for engine generator, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.
1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.
2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: With engine and generator mounted on rails, identify center of gravity and total weight[ , including full fuel tank], [supplied enclosure,] [external silencer, ] [subbase -mounted fuel tank, ] and eac h piece of equipment not integral to the engine generator, and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.
C. Source Quality-Control Reports: Including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report.
2. Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit.
3. Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, indicating evidence of compliance with specified requirements.
4. Report of sound generation.
5. Report of exhaust emissions indicating compliance with applicable regulations.
6. Certified Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with NFPA 110.
D. Field quality-control reports.
E. Warranty: For special warranty.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For packag ed engine generators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
a. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Proj ect for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply.
b. Operating instructions laminated and mounted adjacent to generator location. c. Training plan.
908
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 4
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating, but no fewer than one of each.
2. Indicator Lamps: Two for every six of each type used, but no fewer than two of each.
3. Filters: One set each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion-air filters.
4. Tools: Each tool listed by part number in operations and maintenance manual.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Current certificate holder for compliance with ISO 9001.
B. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Accredited by NETA.
1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that fail in mat erials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Generac Power Systems, Inc.; [SD] [MD] series or comparable product by one of the following:
1. Caterpillar, Inc.; Electric Power Division.
2. Cummins Power Generation.
3. <Insert manufacturer's name>.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged engine generators and auxi liary components from single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance: Engine generator housing, [ subbase fuel tank, ] [ day tank, ] engine generator, batteries, battery racks, silencers, [ load banks, ] sound attenuating equipment, 909
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 5
accessories, and components to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with [ASCE/SEI 7] <Insert requirement>.
1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified[ and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event]."
2. Shake-table testing shall comply with ICC -ES AC156. Testing shall be performed with all fluids at worst-case normal levels.[ Water shall be substituted for diesel fuel in fuel tank during test.]
3. Component Importance Factor: [1.5] [1.0].
B. NFPA Compliance:
1. Comply with NFPA 37.
2. Comply with NFPA 70.
3. Comply with NFPA 99.
4. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level [1] [2] EPSS.
C. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 2200.
D. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with EPA Tier [2] [3] [4] requirements and applicable state and local government requirements.
E. Noise Emission: Comply with [applicable state and local government requirements] <Insert Project criteria> for maximum noise level at [adjacent property boundaries] <Insert critical locations> due to sound emitted by engine generator including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other components of installation.
F. Environmental Conditions: Engine generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability:
1. Ambient Temperature: [41 to 122 deg F (5 to 50 deg C)] [5 to 122 deg F (Minus 15 to plus 50 deg C)].
2. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent.
3. Altitude: Sea level to [1000 ft. (300 m)] <Insert altitude>.
G. Unusual Service Conditions: Engine generator equipment and installation are required to operate under the following conditions:
1. [High salt -dust content in the air due to sea -spray evaporation ] < Insert unusual condition>.
2.3 ENGINE GENERATOR ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION
A. Factory-assembled and -tested, water-cooled engine, with brushless generator and accessories.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 910
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 6
C. Power Rating: [Prime] [Standby].
D. EPSS Class: Engine generator shall be classified as a [ Class 2] [Class 6] [Class 48] [Class 96] <Insert classification> in accordance with NFPA 110.
E. Service Load: <Insert number> kVA.
F. Power Factor: [0.8] <Insert number>, lagging.
G. Frequency: 60 Hz.
H. Voltage: [208] [240] [480] [600] [4160]-V ac.
I. Phase: Three-phase, [three] [four] wire, [wye] [delta].
J. Induction Method: Turbocharged.
K. Governor: Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing.
L. Mounting Frame: Structural steel framework to maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation. Provide lifting attachments sized and spaced to prevent deflection of base during lifting and moving.
1. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on metal plate permanently attached to mounting frame to indicate location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and engine generator center of gravity.
M. Capacities and Characteristics:
1. Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated at 0.8 power factor excluding power required for the continued and repeated operation of the unit and auxiliaries[ , with capacity as required to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing].
2. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and address, and model and serial number of component.
N. Engine Generator Performance:
1. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load.
2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent step- load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady -state operating band within three seconds.
3. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load.
4. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed va riations outside the steady -state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed.
5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step- load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady -state operating band within five seconds.
911
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 7
6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined in accordance with NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent.
7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a three -phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 300 percent of rated full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the f ault automatically, without damage to generator system components.
8. Start Time:
a. Comply with NFPA 110[, Type 10] system requirements. b. [10] <Insert number> seconds.
9. Start Time:
a. Comply with NFPA 110[, Type 10] system requirements. b. [10] <Insert number> seconds.
O. Parallel Engine Generators:
1. Automatic react ive output power control and load sharing between engine generators operated in parallel.
2. Automatic regulation, automatic connection to a common bus, and automatic synchronization, with manual controls and instruments to monitor and control paralleling functions.
3. Protective relays required for equipment and personnel safety.
4. Paralleling suppressors to protect excitation systems.
5. Reverse power protection.
6. Loss of field protection.
2.4 DIESEL ENGINE
A. Fuel: ASTM D975, diesel fuel oil, Grade 2-D S15.
1. <Insert specific fuel grade requirements>.
B. Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm.
C. Lubrication System: Engine or skid-mounted.
1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow.
2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe.
3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances.
912
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 8
D. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric- immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system.
Comply with UL 499[ and with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heate r capacity].
E. Integral Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine generator set mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump.
1. Coolant: Solution of 50 perc ent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer.
2. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition.
3. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed-loop coolant system pressure for engine used. Equip with gauge glass and petcock.
4. Temperature Control: Self -contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperatur e as recommended by engine manufacturer.
5. Maximum Ambient Operating Temperature: 122 deg F (50 deg C).
6. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging-, UV-, and abrasion-resistant fabric. a. Rating: 50-psig (345-kPa) maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 deg F (82 deg C), and noncollapsible under vacuum.
b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections.
F. Muffler/Silencer:
1. Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. a. Sound level measured at a dist ance of 2 3 ft. (7 m) from exhaust discharge after installation is complete shall be [78] <Insert number> dBA or less.
2. Semicritical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements.
a. Sound level measured at a distance of 23 ft. (7 m) from exhaust discharge after installation is complete shall be [85] <Insert number> dBA or less.
G. Air-Intake Filter: [ Standard] [Heavy]-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry- filter element and "blocked filter" indicator.
H. Starting System: [12] [24]-V electric, with negative ground.
1. Components: Sized so they are not damaged during a full engine -cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in "Performance Requirements" Article.
2. Cranking Motor: Heavy- duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding.
3. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. 913
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 9
4. Battery: Lead acid, with capacity within ambient temperature range specifi ed in "Performance Requirements" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least [ twice] [three times] without recharging.
5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated.
Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories.
6. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid- state voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating.
7. Battery Charger: Current -limiting, automatic -equalizing, and float -charging type designed for lead- acid batteries. Unit shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features:
a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10 A shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float- charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 to 140 deg F (minus 40 to plus 60 deg C) to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures.
c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging rates.
e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and cl ose contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or dc output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel.
f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet.
2.5 DIESEL FUEL-OIL SYSTEM
A. Comply with NFPA 37.
B. Piping: Fuel -oil piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel, complying with requirements in Section 231113 "Facility Fuel-Oil Piping." Cast iron, aluminum, copper, and galvanized steel shall not be used in the fuel-oil system.
C. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine to provide primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions.
D. Fuel Filtering: Remove water and contaminants larger than 1 micron.
E. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source.
F. Fuel-Oil Storage Tank: Comply with requirements in [ Section 231313 "Facility Underground Fuel-Oil Storage Tanks." ] [Section 231323 "Facility Aboveground Fuel -Oil Storage Tanks."]
914
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 10
1. Fuel Tank Capacity: [Minimum 133 percent of total fuel required for periodic maintenance operations between fuel refills plus fuel for the hours of continuous operation required for the indicated EPSS Class. ] [As recommended by engine manufacturer for an uninte rrupted period of 8 hours' operation at 100 percent of rated power output of engine generator system without being refilled ] < Insert gallons (liters)>.
2. Duplex Fuel-Oil Transfer Pump: Comply with requirements in Section 231213 "Facility Fuel-Oil Pumps."
G. Day Tank: Comply with UL 142, freestanding, factory- fabricated fuel tank assembly, with integral, float-controlled transfer pump and the following features:
1. Containment: Integral rupture basin with a capacity of 150 percent of nominal capacity of day tank.
a. Leak Detector: Locate in rupture basin and connect to provide audible and visual alarm in the event of day-tank leak.
2. Tank Capacity: [ As recommended by engine manufacturer for an uninterrupted period of 4 hours' operation at 100 percent of rated power output of engine generator system without being refilled] <Insert gallons (liters)>.
3. Pump Capacity: E xceeds maximum flow of fuel drawn by engine -mounted fuel supply pump at 110 percent of rated capacity, including fuel returned from engine.
4. Low-Level Alarm Sensor: Liquid -level device operates alarm contacts at 25 percent of normal fuel level.
5. High-Level Alarm Sensor: Liquid-level device operates alarm and redundant fuel shutoff contacts at midpoint between overflow level and 100 percent of normal fuel level.
6. Piping Connections: Factory- installed fuel supply and return lines from tank to engine; local fuel fill, vent line, overflow line; and tank drain line with shutoff valve.
7. Redundant High-Level Fuel Shutoff: Actuated by high- level alarm sensor in day tank to operate a separate motor -control device that disconnects day -tank pump motor. Sensor shall signal solenoid valve, located in fuel suction l ine between fuel storage tank and day tank, to close. Both actions shall remain in shutoff state until manually reset. Shutoff action shall initiate an alarm signal to control panel but shall not shut down engine generator.
H. Subbase-Mounted, Double-Wall, Fuel -Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel-oil tank. Features include the following:
1. Tank level indicator.
2. Fuel-Tank Capacity: Minimum 133 percent of total fuel required for planned operation plus fuel for periodic maintenance operations between fuel refills.
3. Leak detection in interstitial space.
4. Vandal-resistant fill cap.
5. Containment Provisions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2.6 CONTROL AND MONITORING
A. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode -selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote -control contacts in one or more 915
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 11
separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of engine generator. When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, engine generator starts. The off position of same switch initiates engine generator shutdown. When engine generator is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down engine generator and initiate alarms.
B. Manual Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on- off switch on the generator control panel to the on position starts engine generator. The off position of same switch initiates engine generator shutdown. When engine generator is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down engine generator and initiate alarms.
C. Provide minimum run time control set for [ 15] [30] <Insert number> minutes with override only by operation of a remote emergency-stop switch.
D. Control panel must comply with UL 6200.
E. Connectivity: Native Ethernet, WiFi, and Bluetooth connectivity.
F. Web Browser Interface: All user interaction accomplished via standard web browser interface.
Solutions requiring dedicated software for connectivity are not acceptable.
G. Remote Connectivity: User interface available both internally and externally to the user 's network, based on network security preferences. All remote connectivity may be disabled at any time by the user.
H. Automated Notification: Controller capable of sending multiple automated [ e-mail] [and ] [SMS] alerts without intermediate service provider.
I. Notification Customization: User configurable allowing any operational or fault condition to initiate notification to any personnel including (but not limited to) generator service provider.
J. Environmentally Hardened Design: Open circuit boards, edge cards, and PC ribbon cable connections are unacceptable.
K. Circuit boards with surface-mounted components to provide vibration durability. Circuit boards utilizing large capacitors or heat sinks must utilize encapsulation methods to securely support these components.
L. Configuration:
1. Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gauges shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the engine generator. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from engi ne generator vibration. Panel powered from the engine generator battery.
M. Control and Monitoring Panel:
1. Digital engine generator controller with integrated touch screen , controls, and microprocessor, capable of local and remote control, monitoring, and prog ramming, with battery backup.
2. Instruments: Located on the control and monitoring panel and viewable during operation. 916
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 12
a. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gauge.
b. Engine-coolant temperature gauge.
c. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging).
d. Running-time meter.
e. AC voltmeter, for each phase.
f. AC ammeter, for each phase.
g. AC frequency meter.
h. Generator-voltage adjusting feature.
3. Controls and Protective Devices : Controls, shutdown devices, and common alarm indication, including the following:
a. Cranking control equipment.
b. Run-Off-Auto switch.
c. Control switch not in automatic position alarm.
d. Overcrank alarm.
e. Overcrank shutdown device.
f. Low-water temperature alarm.
g. High engine temperature pre-alarm.
h. High engine temperature.
i. High engine temperature shutdown device.
j. Overspeed alarm.
k. Overspeed shutdown device.
l. Low fuel main tank.
1) Low-fuel-level alarm shall be initiated when the level falls below that required for operation for duration requi red [for the indicated EPSS class ] [in "Fuel Tank Capacity" Subparagraph in "Diesel Fuel -Oil System" Article].
m. Coolant low-level alarm.
n. Coolant low-level shutdown device.
o. Coolant high-temperature prealarm.
p. Coolant high-temperature alarm.
q. Coolant low-temperature alarm.
r. Coolant high-temperature shutdown device.
s. EPS load indicator.
t. Battery high-voltage alarm.
u. Low cranking voltage alarm.
v. Battery-charger malfunction alarm.
w. Battery low-voltage alarm.
x. Lamp test.
y. Contacts for local and remote common alarm.
z. Remote manual stop shutdown device.
aa. Generator overcurrent-protective-device not-closed alarm. bb. Hours of operation.
cc. Engine generator metering, including voltage, current, he rtz, kilowatt, kilovolt ampere, and power factor.
917
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 13
N. Engine Generator Metering: Comply with [Section 260913 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control."] [Section 262713 "Electricity Metering." ] [Section 260913 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control" and Section 262713 "Electricity Metering."] O. Connection to Datalink:
1. A separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry contacts, for each alarm and status indication.
2. Provide connections for datalink transmission of indications to remote data terminals via [ModBus] [Ethernet ] [SNMP] <Insert data protocol >. Data system connections to terminals are covered in Section 260913 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." P. Common Remote Panel with Common Audible Alarm: Include necessary contacts and terminals in control and monitoring panel. Remote panel shall be powered from the engine generator battery.
Q. Remote Alarm Annunciator: An LED indicator light labeled with proper alarm conditions shall identify each alarm event, and a common audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition.
Silencing switch in face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual indication. Connect so that after an alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate are surface- or flush -mounting type to suit mounting conditions indicated.
1. Overcrank alarm.
2. Low water-temperature alarm.
3. High engine temperature pre-alarm.
4. High engine temperature alarm.
5. Low lube oil pressure alarm.
6. Overspeed alarm.
7. Low fuel main tank alarm.
8. Low coolant level alarm.
9. Low cranking voltage alarm.
10. Contacts for local and remote common alarm.
11. Audible-alarm silencing switch.
12. Air shutdown damper when used.
13. Run-Off-Auto switch.
14. Control switch not in automatic position alarm.
15. Fuel tank derangement alarm.
16. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm.
17. Lamp test.
18. Low-cranking voltage alarm.
19. Generator overcurrent-protective-device not-closed alarm.
R. Remote Emergency-Stop Switch: Flush; wall mounted unless otherwise indicated; and labeled.
Push button shall be protected from accidental operation.
2.7 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION
A. Overcurrent protective devices shall be coordinated to optimize selective tripping when a short circuit occurs.
918
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 14
1. Overcurrent protective devices for the entire EPSS shall be coordinated to optimize selective tripping when a short circuit occurs. Coordination of protective devices shall consider both utility and EPSS as the voltage source.
2. Overcurrent protective devices for the EPSS shall be accessible only to authorized personnel.
B. Generator Overcurrent Protective Device:
1. Molded-case circuit breaker, thermal-magnetic type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489:
a. Tripping Characteristic: Designed specifically for generator protection. b. Trip Rating: Matched to generator output rating.
c. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when engine generator is shut down by other protective devices.
d. Mounting: Adjacent to, or integrated with, control and monitoring panel.
2. Molded-case circuit breaker , electronic -trip type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489:
a. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long- time and shor t-time delay and instantaneous.
b. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve. c. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when engine generator is shut down by other protective devices.
d. Mounting: Adjacent to, or integrated with, control and monitoring panel.
3. Insulated-case circuit breaker , electronic -trip typ e; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489:
a. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long- time and short -time delay and instantaneous.
b. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve. c. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when engine generator is shut down by other protective devices.
d. Mounting: Adjacent to, or integrated with, control and monitoring panel.
4. Molded-case type disconnect switch; 100 percent rated:
a. Trip Rating: Matched to generator output rating.
b. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip switch when signaled by generator protector or by other protective devices.
C. Generator Protector: Microprocessor-based unit shall continuously monitor current level in each phase of generator output, integrate generator heating effect over time, and predict when thermal damage of alternator will occur. When signaled by generator protector or other engine generator protective d evices, a shunt -trip device in the generator disconnect switch shall open the switch to disconnect the generator from load circuits. Protector performs the following functions:
919
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 15
1. Initiates a generator overload alarm when generator has operated at an overload equivalent to 110 percent of full -rated load for 60 seconds. Indication for this alarm is integrated with other engine generator malfunction alarms. Contacts shall be available for load shed functions.
2. Under single- or three-phase fault conditions, regulates generator to 300 percent of rated full-load current for up to 10 seconds.
3. As overcurrent heating effect on the generator approaches the thermal damage point of the unit, protector switches the excitation system off, opens the generator disconnect device, and shuts down the engine generator.
4. Senses clearing of a fault by other overcurrent devices and controls recovery of rated voltage to avoid overshoot.
D. Ground-Fault Indication: Comply with NFPA 70, "Emergency System" signals for ground fault.
1. Indicate ground fault with other engine generator alarm indications.
2. Trip generator protective device on ground fault.
E. Arc Energy Reduction: Comply with NFPA 70 for arc energy reduction for circu it breakers 1200A and greater.
1. Energy-reducing maintenance switch with local status indicator.
2. Instantaneous override that is less than the available arcing current.
2.8 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A. Comply with NEMA MG 1.
B. Drive: Generator shaft sh all be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor.
C. Electrical Insulation: Class H.
D. Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required. Provide [six] [12]-lead alternator.
E. Range: Provide [ limited] [ broad] [extended ] range of output voltage by adjusting the excitation level.
F. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity.
G. Enclosure: Dripproof.
H. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure.
I. Voltage Regulator: Solid -state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified[ and as required by NFPA 110].
920
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 16
1. Voltage Adjustment on Control and Monitoring Panel: Provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output-voltage operating band.
2. Maintain voltage within [15] [20] [30] percent on one step, full load.
3. Provide anti-hunt provision to stabilize voltage.
4. Maintain frequency within [ 5] [10] [15] percent and stabilize at rated frequency within [2] [5] seconds.
J. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point.
K. Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding.
L. Subtransient Reactance: 15 percent maximum, based on the rating of the engine generator set.
2.9 LOAD BANK
A. Description:
1. Permanent, outdoor, weatherproof, remote -controlled, forced- air-cooled, [ resistive] [resistive and reactive ] unit capable of providing a balanced three -phase, delta - connected load to engine generator at [ 100] < Insert number > percent rated -system capacity, at [ 80] < Insert number > percent power factor, lagging.[ Unit may contain separate resistive and reactive load banks controlled by a common control panel. ] Unit shall be capable of selective control of load in 25 percent steps and with minimum step changes of approximately 5 and 10 percent available.
2. Permanent, radiator -mounted[, resistive] unit capable of providing a balanced three - phase, delta-connected load to engine generator at [ 50] [70] < Insert number> perce nt rated-system capacity. Unit shall be capable of selective control of load in 25 percent steps of load -bank rating and with minimum step changes of approximately 5 and 10 percent available.
B. Resistive Load Elements: Corrosion -resistant chromium alloy with ceramic and stainless steel supports. Elements shall be double insulated and designed for repetitive on- off cycling.
Elements shall be mounted in removable aluminized -steel heater cases. Galvanized steel is prohibited. Element's maximum resistance shall b e between 100 and 105 percent of rated resistance.
C. Reactive Load Elements: Epoxy-encapsulated reactor coils.
D. Load-Bank Heat Dissipation: Integral fan with totally enclosed motor shall provide uniform cooling airflow through load elements. Airflow and coil operating current shall be such that, at maximum load, with ambient temperature at the upper end of specified range, load -bank elements operate at not more than 50 percent of maximum continuous temperature rating of resistance elements.
E. Load-Element Switch ing: Remote -controlled contactors switch groups of load elements.
Contactor coils are rated 120 V. Contactors shall be located in a separate NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure within load -bank enclosure, accessible from exterior through hinged doors with tumbler locks.
921
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 17
F. Contactor Enclosures: Heated by thermostatically controlled strip heaters to prevent condensation.
G. Load-Bank Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R, aluminized steel complying with NEMA ICS 6.
Louvers at cooling- air intake and discharge openings shall preven t entry of rain and snow.
Openings for airflow shall be screened with 1/2 -inch- (13-mm-) square, galvanized-steel mesh.
Reactive load bank shall include automatic shutters at air intake and discharge. Components other than resistive elements shall receive exterior epoxy coating with compatible primer.
Comply with requirements in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings." H. Protective Devices: Power input circuits to load banks shall be fused, and fuses shall be selected to coordinate with generator circuit breaker. Fuse blocks shall be located in contactor enclosure.
Cooling airflow and overtemperature sensors shall automatically shut down and lock out load bank until manually reset. Safety interlocks on access panels and doors shall disconnect load power, control, and heater circuits. Fan motor shall be separately protected by overload and short-circuit devices. Short -circuit devices shall be noninterchangeable fuses with 200,000 -A interrupting capacity.
I. Load-Bank Remote-Control Panel: Separate from load bank in NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure with a control power switch and pilot light, and switches controlling groups of load elements.
J. Control Sequence: Control panel may be preset for adjustable single -step loading of generator during automatic exercising.
2.10 OUTDOOR ENGINE GENERATOR ENCLOSURE
A. Generator packaged within[ weather-protective] enclosure.
B. Sound Insulation: Enclosure and air discharge hood completely lined with 3 inches (76 mm) of fiberglass and perforated aluminum.
C. Enclosure Construction: Minimum 14 gauge [Steel] [Aluminum] with hinged, removable doors to allow access to the engine, alternator , and control panel. Adjustable hinges for door alignment. Hinges and all exposed fasteners must be stainless steel. Pop-rivets weaken the paint system and are not allowed on external painted surfaces. Each door equipped with lockable hardware and identical keys.
D. Upward discharging enclosure ventilation exhaust hood.
E. Enclosure Finish: Electrostatic applied powered paint, baked and finished to manu facturer's specifications.
F. Enclosure Color: [Manufacturer's standard] [Color matched to provided sample].
G. Silencer mounted on top of enclosure.
H. Thermostatically controlled space heater factory installed within enclosure designed to maintain minimum internal temperature at 40 deg F (4 deg C).
922
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 18
I. Engine-Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for two hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions.
1. Louvers: Fixed-engine, cooling-air inlet and discharge. Stormproof and drainable louvers prevent entry of rain and snow.
2. Automatic Dampers: At engine cool ing-air inlet and discharge. Dampers shall be closed to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weather when unit is not operating.
3. Ventilation: Provide temperature-controlled exhaust fan interlocked to prevent operation when engine is running.
J. Interior Lights with Switch: Factory -wired, vapor-proof luminaires within housing; arranged to illuminate controls and accessible interior. Arrange for external electrical connection.
1. AC lighting system and connection point for operation when remote source is available.
2. DC lighting system for operation when remote source and generator are both unavailable.
K. Convenience Outlets: Factory-wired, GFCI. Arrange for external electrical connection.
2.11 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES
A. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil - and water -resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized- steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment.
1. Material: Standard neoprene separated by steel shims.
2. Shore A Scale Durometer Rating: [70] <Insert number>.
3. Number of Layers: [One] <Insert number>.
B. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint.
1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical- limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or if weight is removed; factory- drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4- inch- (6-mm-) thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment- mounting and -leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation.
2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of the spring at rated load.
3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load.
4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure.
6. Minimum Deflection: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert value>.
C. Comply with requirements in Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties" for vibration isolation and flexible connector materials for steel piping.
D. Comply with requirements in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for vibration isolation and flexible connector materials for exhaust shroud and ductwork.
923
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 19
E. Vibration isolation devices shall not be used to accommodate misalignments or to make bends.
2.12 FINISHES
A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer.
B. Powder coated paint surfaces:
1. Minimum Paint Thickness: 2.5 mil (0.06 mm) in accordance with ASTM D 1186-87.
2. Material Hardness: ASTM D3363-92a.
3. Resistance to Cracking: ASTM D522-B.
4. Paint Adhesion: ASTM D3359-B.
5. Resistance to Salt Water Corrosion: ASTM B117, ASTM D1654.
6. Resistance to Humidity: ASTM D1735, ASTM D1654.
7. Impact Resistance: ASTM 2784.
8. UV Protection: SAE J1690.
2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine generator using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories.
1. Tests: Comply with IEEE 115[ and with NFPA 110, Level 1 Energy Converters].
B. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine generator and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests:
1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability.
2. Test generator, exciter, and voltage regulator as a unit.
3. Full load run.
4. Maximum power.
5. Voltage regulation.
6. Transient and steady-state governing.
7. Single-step load pickup.
8. Safety shutdown.
9. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunit y for observation of tests by Owner's representative.
10. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test. 924
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditi ons, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine generator performance.
B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before packaged engine generator installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical servi ce in accordance with requirements indicated:
1. Notify [ Architect] [Construction Manager ] [ Owner] no fewer than [ two] < Insert number> working days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical servi ce without [ Architect's] [Construction Manager's] [Owner's] written permission.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 404.
B. Comply with packaged engine generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions[ and with NFPA 110].
C. Equipment Mounting:
1. Install packaged engine generators on cast -in-place concrete equipment bases. Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
2. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for packaged engine generators. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete.
3. Install [ packaged engine generator ] [engine generator in a walk -in enclosure] with [elastomeric isolator pads] [restrained spring isolators] having a minim um deflection of [ 1 inch (25 mm) ] < Insert static deflection > on 4- inch- (100-mm-) high concrete base. Secure [sets] [enclosure] to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. Concrete base construction is specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."
4. Remote Radiators:
925
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 21
a. Install remote radiator with [ elastomeric isolator pads] [restrained spring isolators] on [concrete base on grade] [roof equipment supports on roof]. b. Coordinate size and location of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations for remote radiators. These items are specified in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories."
D. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance.
E. Cooling System: Install Schedule 40 black steel piping with welded joints for cooling water piping between engine generator and [heat exchanger] [remote radiator]. Piping materials and installation requirements are specified in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping."
1. Install isolating thimbles where exhaust piping penetrates combustible surfaces. Provide a minimum of 9 inches (225 mm) of clearance from combustibles.
2. Insulate cooling -system piping and components in accordance with requirements in Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation."
F. Exhaust System: Install Schedule 40 black steel piping with welded joints and connect to engine muffler. Install thimble at wall. Piping shall be same diameter as muffler outlet.
1. Piping materials and installation requirements are specified in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping."
2. Install flexible connectors and steel piping materials in accordance with requirements in Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties."
3. Insulate muffler/silencer and exhaust system components in accordance with requirements in Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation."
4. Install isolating thimbles where exhaust piping penetrates combustible surfaces with a minimum of 9 inches (225 mm) of clearance from combustibles.
G. Drain Piping: Install condensate drain piping to muffler drain outlet full size of drain connection with a shutoff valve, stainless steel flexible connector, and Schedule 40 black steel pipe with welded joints.
1. Piping materials and installation requirements are specified in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping."
2. Drain piping valves, connectors, and installation requirements are specified in Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties."
H. Fuel Piping:
1. Diesel storage tanks, tank accessories, piping, valves, and specialties for fuel systems are specified in Section 231113 "Facility Fuel-Oil Piping."
2. Copper and galvanized steel shall not be used in the fuel-oil piping system.
I. Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted.
926
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 22
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties.
B. Connect fuel, cooling-system, and exhaust-system piping adjacent to packaged engine generator to allow space for service and maintenance.
C. Connect cooling- system water piping to engine generator and [ remote radiator ] [heat exchanger] with flexible connectors.
D. Connect engine exhaust pipe to engine with flexible connector.
E. Connect fuel piping to engines with a gate valve and union and flexible connector.
F. Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
G. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Provide a minimum of one 90-degree bend in flexible conduit routed to the engine generator from a stationary element.
H. Balance single -phase loads to obtain a maximum of 10 percent unbalance be tween any two phases.
3.5 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components in accordance with Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" and Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Install a sign indicating the generator neutral is bonded to the main service neutral at the main service location.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency:
1. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
3. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
4. Perform tests and inspections[ with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative].
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical and mechanical test listed in fir st two subparagraphs below, as specified in NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters.
927
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 23
a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection:
1) Compare equipment nameplate data with Drawings and the Specifications. 2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
3) Inspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.
4) Verify that the unit is clean.
b. Electrical and Mechanical Tests:
1) Test protective relay devices.
2) Verify phase rotation, phasing, and synchronized operation as required by the application.
3) Functionally test engine shutdown for low oil pressure, overtemperature, overspeed, and other protection features as applicable. 4) Perform vibration test for each main bearing cap.
5) Verify correct functioning of the governor and regulator.
2. NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are additional to those specified here, including, but not limited to, single-step full-load pickup test.
3. Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Record individual cell voltages.
a. Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full-charging and float -charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions.
b. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery.
c. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of the battery after discharge. d. Verify that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications.
4. Battery-Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float - charging conditions.
5. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks.
6. Exhaust-System Back-Pressure Test (non-enclosed units): Use a manometer wi th a scale exceeding 40-inch wg (120 kPa) . Connect to exhaust line close to engine exhaust manifold. Verify that back pressure at full -rated load is within manufacturer's written allowable limits for the engine.
7. Exhaust Emissions Test: Comply with applicable government test criteria.
8. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step- load increases and decreases, and verify that performance is as specified.
9. Harmonic-Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage at 25 and 100 percent of rated linear load. Verify that harmonic content is within specified limits.
10. Noise Level Tests: Measure A -weighted level of noise emanating from engine generator installation, including engine exhaust and cooling- air intake and discharge, at [ four] <Insert number> locations [23 ft. (7 m) from edge of the generator enclosure] [on the property line] <Insert location for measurement >, and compare measured levels with required values.
928
Copyright 2019 AIA MasterSpec Full Length 06/19 (PM 06/21) PRODUCT MASTERSPEC LICENSED BY DELTEK, INC. TO GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
DIESEL-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263213.13 - 24
C. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches and run them concurrently.
D. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the past 12 months, traceable to NIST Calibration Services, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request.
E. Leak Test: After installation, charge exhaust, coolant, and fuel systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
F. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation for generator and associated equipment.
G. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
H. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and [retest] [reinspect] as specified above.
I. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations, and retest until specified requirements are met.
J. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.
3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include [ 12] < Insert number > months' full maintenance by ski lled employees of manufacturer's authorized service representative. Include quarterly preventive maintenance and exercising to check for proper starting, load transfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufa cturer and adjusting as required for proper operation. Parts shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.
3.8 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators.
END OF SECTION 263213.13
929
SD275 | 10.3L | 275 kW
INDUSTRIAL DIESEL GENERATOR SET
EPA Certified Stationary Emergency
SPEC SHEET
1 of 6
Powering Ahead
For over 60 years, Generac has provided innovative design and superior manufacturing.
Generac ensures superior quality by designing and manufacturing most of its generator components, including alternators, enclosures and base tanks, control systems and communications software.
Generac gensets utilize a wide variety of options, configurations and arrangements, allowing us to meet the standby power needs of practically every application.
Generac searched globally to ensure the most reliable engines power our generators. We choose only engines that have already been proven in heavy-duty industrial applications under adverse conditions.
Generac is committed to ensuring our customers’ service support continues after their generator purchase.
Codes and Standards
Not all codes and standards apply to all configurations. Contact factory for details.
UL2200, UL6200, UL1236, UL489,
UL142
CSA C22.2, ULC S601
BS5514 and DIN 6271
SAE J1349
NFPA 37, 70, 99, 110
NEC700, 701, 702, 708
ISO 3046, 7637, 8528, 9001
NEMA ICS10, MG1, 250, ICS6, AB1
ANSI C62.41
IBC 2009, CBC 2010, IBC 2012,
ASCE 7-05, ASCE 7-10, ICC-ES AC-
156 (2012)
TM
®
®
Image used for illustration purposes only
Standby Power Rating
275 kW, 344 kVA, 60 Hz
Prime Power Rating*
248 kW, 309 kVA, 60 Hz
*EPA Certified Prime ratings are not available in the US or its Territories 930
SD275 | 10.3L | 275 kW
INDUSTRIAL DIESEL GENERATOR SET
EPA Certified Stationary Emergency
SPEC SHEET
2 of 6
CONTROL SYSTEM
Digital H Control Panel- Dual 4x20 Display
Program Functions
• Programmable Crank Limiter
• 7-Day Programmable Exerciser
• Special Applications Programmable Logic Controller
• RS-232/485 Communications
• All Phase Sensing Digital Voltage Regulator
• 2-Wire Start Capability
• Date/Time Fault History (Event Log)
• Isochronous Governor Control
• Waterproof/Sealed Connectors
• Audible Alarms and Shutdowns
• Not in Auto (Flashing Light)
• Auto/Off/Manual Switch
• E-Stop (Red Mushroom-Type)
• NFPA110 Level I and II (Programmable)
• Customizable Alarms, Warnings, and Events
• Modbus® Protocol
• Predictive Maintenance Algorithm
• Sealed Boards
• Password Parameter Adjustment Protection
• Single Point Ground
• 16 Channel Remote Trending
• 0.2 msec High Speed Remote Trending
• Alarm Information Automatically Annunciated
on the Display
Full System Status Display
• Power Output (kW)
• Power Factor
• kW Hours, Total, and Last Run
• Real/Reactive/Apparent Power
• All Phase AC Voltage
• All Phase Currents
• Oil Pressure
• Coolant Temperature
• Coolant Level
• Engine Speed
• Battery Voltage
• Frequency
Alarms and Warnings
• Oil Pressure
• Coolant Temperature
• Coolant Level
• Engine Overspeed
• Battery Voltage
• Alarms and Warnings Time and Date Stamped
• Snap Shots of Key Operation Parameters During
Alarms and Warnings
• Alarms and Warnings Spelled Out (No Alarm Codes)
®
EMERGENCY
STOP
COMMON ALARM
AUTO OFF MAN.
Phase
Volts
Amps
Hz =
SD EMERGENCY STOP Hi
SD COOLANT LEVEL Lo
Wr*BATTERY VOLTS Hi
ACK More (1–3)
A–B
0 0
0.0 kW
B–C
0 0
=
C–A
0 0
0 NOT IN
AUTO
ALARM
HOME
MENU
ENTER
ENGINE SYSTEM
• Oil Drain Extension
• Level 1 Fan and Belt Guards (Open Set Only)
• Stainless Steel Flexible Exhaust Connection
• Factory Filled Oil and Coolant
• Radiator Duct Adapter (Open Set Only)
FUEL SYSTEM
• Fuel Lockoff Solenoid
• Primary Fuel Filter
COOLING SYSTEM
• Closed Coolant Recovery System
• UV/Ozone Resistant Hoses
• Factory-Installed Radiator
• Radiator Drain Extension
• 50/50 Ethylene Glycol Antifreeze
• Engine Coolant Heater
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
• Battery Charging Alternator
• Battery Cables
• Battery Tray
• Rubber-Booted Engine Electrical Connections
• Solenoid Activated Starter Motor
ALTERNATOR SYSTEM
• UL2200 GENprotect™
• 12 Leads (3-Phase, Non 600V)
• Class H Insulation Material
• Vented Rotor
• 2/3 Pitch
• Skewed Stator
• Auxiliary Voltage Regulator Power Winding
• Permanent Magnet Excitation
• Sealed Bearing
• Automated Manufacturing (Winding, Insertion,
Lacing, Varnishing)
• Rotor Dynamically Spin Balanced
• Amortisseur Winding
• Full Load Capacity Alternator
• Protective Thermal Switch
GENERATOR SET
• Internal Genset Vibration Isolation
• Separation of Circuits - High/Low Voltage
• Separation of Circuits - Multiple Breakers
• Wrapped Exhaust Piping
• Standard Factory Testing
• 2 Year Limited Warranty (Standby Rated Units)
• 1 Year Limited Warranty (Prime Rated Units)
• Silencer Mounted in the Discharge Hood
(Enclosed Unit Only)
ENCLOSURE (If Selected)
• Rust-Proof Fasteners with Nylon Washers
to Protect Finish
• High Performance Sound-Absorbing Material
(Sound Attenuated Enclosures)
• Gasketed Doors
• Upward Facing Discharge Hoods (Radiator
and Exhaust)
• Stainless Steel Lift Off Door Hinges
• Stainless Steel Lockable Handles
• RhinoCoat™ - Textured Polyester Powder Coat Paint
FUEL TANKS (If Selected)
• UL 142/ULC S601
• Double Wall
• Vents
• Sloped Top
• Sloped Bottom
• Factory Pressure Tested - 2 psi
• Rupture Basin Alarm
• Fuel Level
• Check Valve In Supply and Return Lines
• RhinoCoat™ - Textured Polyester Powder Coat Paint
• Stainless Steel Hardware
STANDARD FEATURES
931
SD275 | 10.3L | 275 kW
INDUSTRIAL DIESEL GENERATOR SET
EPA Certified Stationary Emergency
SPEC SHEET
3 of 6
CONFIGURABLE OPTIONS
ENGINE SYSTEM
○ Block Heater
○ Oil Heater
○ Level 1 Fan and Belt Guards (Enclosed Units Only)
○ Heavy Duty Air Cleaner
○ Radiator Stone Guard
○ Air Filter Restriction Indicator
FUEL SYSTEM
○ NPT Flexible Fuel Line
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
○ 10A UL Listed Battery Charger
○ Battery Warmer
ALTERNATOR SYSTEM
○ Alternator Upsizing
○ Anti-Condensation Heater
○ Tropical Coating
CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS
○ Main Line Circuit Breaker
○ 2nd Main Line Circuit Breaker
○ Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Contact
○ Electronic Trip Breakers
GENERATOR SET
○ Extended Factory Testing
○ IBC Seismic Certification
○ 12 Position Load Center
○ Spring Vibration Isolators
ENCLOSURE
○ Weather Protected Enclosure
○ Level 1 Sound Attenuated
○ Level 2 Sound Attenuated
○ Level 2 Sound Attenuated with Motorized Dampers
○ Steel Enclosure
○ Aluminum Enclosure
○ Door Open Alarm Horn
○ Up to 200 MPH Wind Load Rating (Contact Factory
for Availability)
○ AC/DC Enclosure Lighting Kit
○ Enclosure Heater (with Motorized Dampers Only)
FUEL TANKS (Size on Last Page)
○ 8 in (203.2 mm) Fill Extension
○ 13 in (330.2 mm) Fill Extension
○ 19 in (482.6 mm) Fill Extension
CONTROL SYSTEM
○ NFPA 110 Compliant 21-Light Remote Annunciator
○ Remote Relay Assembly (8 or 16)
○ Oil Temperature Sender with Indication Alarm
○ Remote E-Stop (Break Glass-Type, Surface Mount)
○ Remote E-Stop (Red Mushroom-Type,
Surface Mount)
○ Remote E-Stop (Red Mushroom-Type, Flush Mount)
○ 100 dB Alarm Horn
○ Ground Fault Annunciator
○ 120 V GFCI and 240 Outlet
○ Flush Mount Annunciator Kit
○ Remote Communication - Modem
○ 10A Engine Run Relay
○ Damper Alarm Contacts (with Motorized
Dampers Only)
WARRANTY
○ 2 Year Extended Limited Warranty
○ 5 Year Limited Warranty
○ 5 Year Extended Limited Warranty
○ 7 Year Extended Limited Warranty
○ 10 Year Extended Limited Warranty
ENGINEERED OPTIONS
ENGINE SYSTEM
○ Coolant Heater Ball Valves
○ Fluid Containment Pan
CONTROL SYSTEM
○ Spare Inputs (x4) / Outputs (x4)
○ Battery Disconnect Switch
ALTERNATOR SYSTEM
○ 3rd Breaker System
GENERATOR SET
○ Special Testing
FUEL TANKS
○ Overfill Protection Valve
○ UL2085 Tank
○ Special Fuel Tanks
○ Vent Extensions
932
SD275 | 10.3L | 275 kW
INDUSTRIAL DIESEL GENERATOR SET
EPA Certified Stationary Emergency
SPEC SHEET
4 of 6
General
Make Iveco/FPT
EPA Emissions Compliance Stationary Emergency
EPA Emissions Reference See Emission Data Sheet
Cylinder # 6
Type In-Line
Displacement - in3 (L) 628.54 (10.3)
Bore - in (mm) 4.92 (125)
Stroke - in (mm) 5.51 (140)
Compression Ratio 16.5:1
Intake Air Method Turbocharged/Aftercooled
Cylinder Head 4-Valve
Piston Type Aluminum
Crankshaft Type Dropped Forged Steel
Engine Governing
Governor Electronic Isochronous
Frequency Regulation (Steady State) ±0.25%
Lubrication System
Oil Pump Type Gear
Oil Filter Type Full Flow
Crankcase Capacity - qt (L) 31.68 (30)
Cooling System
Cooling System Type Closed Recovery
Water Pump Type Pre-Lubed, Self Sealing
Fan Type Pusher
Fan Speed - RPM 2,250
Fan Diameter - in (mm) 30 (762)
Fuel System
Fuel Type Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel #2
Fuel Specifications ASTM
Fuel Filtering (Microns) 5
Fuel Inject Pump Electronic
Fuel Pump Type Engine Driven Gear
Injector Type Common Rail
Engine Type Direct Injection
Fuel Supply Line - in (mm) 0.5 (12.7) NPT
Fuel Return Line - in (mm) 0.5 (12.7) NPT
Engine Electrical System
System Voltage 24 VDC
Battery Charger Alternator Standard
Battery Size See Battery Index 0161970SBY
Battery Voltage (2)-12 VDC
Ground Polarity Negative
APPLICATION AND ENGINEERING DATA
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
ALTERNATOR SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Model K0275124Y21
Poles 4
Field Type Revolving
Insulation Class - Rotor H
Insulation Class - Stator H
Total Harmonic Distortion <5%
Telephone Interference Factor (TIF) <50
Standard Excitation Permanent Magnet
Bearings Single Sealed Cartridge
Coupling Direct via Flexible Disc
Prototype Short Circuit Test Yes
Voltage Regulator Type Digital
Number of Sensed Phases All
Regulation Accuracy (Steady State) ±0.25%
933
SD275 | 10.3L | 275 kW
INDUSTRIAL DIESEL GENERATOR SET
EPA Certified Stationary Emergency
SPEC SHEET
5 of 6
** Refer to “Emissions Data Sheet” for maximum bHP for EPA and SCAQMD permitting purposes.
Deration – Operational characteristics consider maximum ambient conditions. Derate factors may apply under atypical site conditions.
Please contact a Generac Power Systems Industrial Dealer for additional details. All performance ratings in accordance with ISO3046, BS5514, ISO8528, and DIN6271 standards.
Standby - See Bulletin 10000018933
Prime - See Bulletin 10000018926
POWER RATINGS
Standby
Three-Phase 120/208 VAC @0.8pf 275 kW Amps: 954
Three-Phase 120/240 VAC @0.8pf 275 kW Amps: 827
Three-Phase 277/480 VAC @0.8pf 275 kW Amps: 414
Three-Phase 346/600 VAC @0.8pf 275 kW Amps: 331
MOTOR STARTING CAPABILITIES (skVA)
SkVA vs. Voltage Dip
277/480 VAC 30% 208/240 VAC 30%
K0275124Y21 790 K0275124Y21 609
K0350124Y21 1,001 K0350124Y21 801
K0400124Y21 953 K0400124Y21 717
FUEL CONSUMPTION RATES*
Diesel - gph (Lph)
Fuel Pump Lift - ft (m) Percent Load Standby
3 (1) 25% 6.8 (25.7)
50% 11.7 (44.2)
Total Fuel Pump Flow (Combustion + Return) - gph (Lph) 75% 15.8 (59.8) 31 (117) 100% 19.6 (74.2)
* Fuel supply installation must accommodate
fuel consumption rates at 100% load.
COOLING
Standby
Coolant Flow gpm (Lpm) 95 (360)
Coolant System Capacity gal (L) 13.0 (49.2)
Heat Rejection to Coolant BTU/hr (kW) 722,612 (211.8)
Inlet Air cfm (m3/hr) 14,505 (411)
Maximum Operating Radiator Air Temperature °F (°C) 110 (43.3) Maximum Ambient Temperature (Before Derate) See Bulletin No. 0199280SSD Maximum Additional Radiator Backpressure in H2O (kPa) 0.5 (0.12)
COMBUSTION AIR REQUIREMENTS
Standby
Flow at Rated Power - cfm (m3/min) 780 (22.1)
ENGINE EXHAUST
Standby Standby
Rated Engine Speed RPM 1,800 Exhaust Flow (Rated Output) cfm (m3/min) 2,050 (58.1) Horsepower at Rated kW** hp 449 Maximum Allowable Backpressure inHg (kPa) 1.5 (5.1) Piston Speed ft/min (m/min) 1,654 (504) Exhaust Temperature (Rated Output) °F (°C) 950 (510) BMEP psi (kPa) 308 (2,124)
OPERATING DATA
934
SD275 | 10.3L | 275 kW
INDUSTRIAL DIESEL GENERATOR SET
EPA Certified Stationary Emergency
SPEC SHEET
6 of 6
Part No. 0185610SBY
Rev. F 07/13/2021
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O.Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53189 P: (262) 544-4811 ©2021 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice. * All measurements are approximate and for estimation purposes only. Specification characteristics may change without notice. Please contact a Generac Power Systems Industrial Dealer for detailed installation drawings.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS*
OPEN SET
Run Time
- Hours
Usable
Capacity
- Gal (L)
L x W x H - in (mm) Weight - lbs (kg)
No Tank - 137.5 (3,493) x 57.6 (1,463) x 67.8 (1,722) 6,121 - 7,457 (2,776 - 3,382) 9 183 (693) 137.5 (3,493) x 57.6 (1,463) x 80.8 (2,052) 7,069 - 8,405 (3,206 - 3,812) 22 438 (1,659) 137.5 (3,493) x 57.6 (1,463) x 92.8 (2,357) 7,381 - 8,717 (3,348 - 3,954) 35 693 (2,624) 137.5 (3,493) x 57.6 (1,463) x 104.8 (2,662) 7,717 - 9,053 (3,500 - 4,106) 48 946 (3,581) 208.3 (5,220) x 57.6 (1,463) x 122.0 (3,100) 9,146 - 10,482 (4,148 - 4,754) 67 1,325 (5,015) 277.8 (7,055) x 57.6 (1,463) x 120.9 (3,072) 10,161 - 11,497 (4,659 - 5,265)
WEATHER PROTECTED ENCLOSURE
Run Time
- Hours
Usable
Capacity
- Gal (L)
L x W x H - in (mm)
Weight - lbs (kg)
Enclosure Only
Steel Aluminum
No Tank - 174.7 (4,437) x 53.0 (1,346) x 77.8 (1,977)
1,521 (690) 727 (330)
9 183 (693) 174.7 (4,437) x 53.0 (1,346) x 90.8 (2,307) 22 438 (1,659) 174.7 (4,437) x 53.0 (1,346) x 102.8 (2,612) 35 693 (2,624) 174.7 (4,437) x 53.0 (1,346) x 114.8 (2,917) 48 946 (3,581) 208.3 (5,220) x 53.0 (1,346) x 132.0 (3,355) 67 1,325 (5,015) 277.8 (7,055) x 53.0 (1,346) x 130.9 (3,327) LEVEL 1 SOUND ATTENUATED ENCLOSURE
Run Time
- Hours
Usable
Capacity
- Gal (L)
L x W x H - in (mm)
Weight - lbs (kg)
Enclosure Only
Steel Aluminum
No Tank - 200.2 (5,084) x 57.5 (1,460) x 90.8 (2,306)
1,984 (900) 926 (421)
9 183 (693) 200.2 (5,084) x 57.5 (1,460) x 90.8 (2,306) 22 438 (1,659) 200.2 (5,084) x 57.5 (1,460) x 102.8 (2,611) 35 693 (2,624) 200.2 (5,084) x 57.5 (1,460) x 114.8 (2,916) 48 946 (3,581) 200.2 (5,084) x 57.5 (1,460) x 132.0 (3,354) 67 1,325 (5,015) 277.8 (7,055) x 57.5 (1,460) x 130.9 (3,326) LEVEL 2 SOUND ATTENUATED ENCLOSURE
Run Time
- Hours
Usable
Capacity
- Gal (L)
L x W x H - in (mm)
Weight - lbs (kg)
Enclosure Only
Steel Aluminum
No Tank - 180.7 (4,588) x 57.5 (1,460) x 107.3 (2,725)
2,557 (1,160) 1,173 (531)
9 183 (693) 180.7 (4,588) x 57.5 (1,460) x 120.3 (3,055) 22 438 (1,659) 180.7 (4,588) x 57.5 (1,460) x 132.3 (3,360) 35 693 (2,624) 180.7 (4,588) x 57.5 (1,460) x 144.3 (3,665) 48 946 (3,581) 180.7 (4,588) x 57.5 (1,460) x 161.5 (4,103) 67 1,325 (5,015) 277.8 (7,055) x 57.5 (1,460) x 160.4 (4,075) W
H
L
L
H
W
L W
H
H
L W
935
1 OF 1
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2019 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Part No.0161920SBY
Rev. E 06/12/19
ENGINE RUN RELAY
ENGINE RUN RELAY
- For use with Generac’s Digital Control Platforms
- 10 Amp Contact Rating
- 12 or 24 Volt DC Input
- Contact Open or Closure on Engine Run
Contacts
Type DPDT
Material Silver
Rating UL
10A @ 240VAC
10A @ 30VDC
Coils
Input Voltage 24VDC
Resistance 400 Ohms
Nominal Power 1.5W
Wiring Diagram with E panel, H-100 Panel
Wiring Diagram with PMDCP
Pin DetailTB5
Wiring Diagram with Power Zone Pro Sync
936
1 OF 2
H-100 CONTROL PANEL
Part No. 0172110SBY
Rev. F 02/08/23
GENERATOR CONTROLS
Features
The Quiet-Test™ H-100 Control Panel is a digital
microprocessor electronic controller that integrates all engine and transfer switch functions into a single control system. • Digital Controls for All Saftey Shutdowns
• Isochronous Governor Control
• Digital 3 Phase Sensing Voltage Regulator
• Sealed Digital Circuit Board
• Mates with HTS Transfer Switch and Any 2-wire Start ATS • Alarm and Event Logging
• Built-in Diagnostics
• Internal PLC
• Two 4-line x 20 Displays
• Full System Status
• 3 Phase Sensing Digital Voltage Regulator
• Remote Ports
- RS-232
- RS-485
- CANbus
• Waterproof Connections
• Built -in PLC
• Full Range Standby Operation
• Full System Status
- 3 Phase AC Volts
- 3 Phase Amps
- kW
- Power Factor
- Reactive Power
- Oil Pressure
- Water Temperature
- Water Level
- Oil Temperature (Optional)
- Fuel Pressure
- Engine Speed
- Battery Voltage
- Alternator Frequency
- Time
- Date
- Transfer Switch Status
- Run Hours
- Service Reminders
- Trending
- Fault History (Alarm Log)
- I2T Function for Full Generator Protection
• Remote Communications
• Programmable Auto Crank
• Shutdowns
- Overvoltage
- Overspeed
- Low Oil Pressure
- High Coolant Temperature
- Low Coolant Level
• Emergency Stop
• On/Off/Manual Switch
• Not in Auto Flashing Light
• Audible Alarm for Fault Condition
• Transfer Switch Logic Communicates with HTS
Transfer Switch
• Selectable Low Speed Exercise
• Temperature Range: -40° to +70°C
Codes and Standards
• UL 508
• Configurable to NFPA 110, Level 1 or 2
The generator set parameters can be manipulated and
monitored without standing in front of the control panel with GenLink® software. The Generac H-100 control panel also wmonitors and controls transfer switch functions when used with the HTS transfer switch.
• Monitors Utility Voltage
• Monitors Generator Voltage
• Timer for Line Interrupt Delay
• Timer for Engine Warmup
• Timer for Minimum Engine Run Time
• Timer for Return to Utility Position
• Timer for Engine Cooldown
• Built-in Exerciser Timer (7 Day)
• Additional 2-wire Start Controls for Any 2-wire
Transfer Switch
937
2 OF 2
H-100 CONTROL PANEL
Part No. 0172110SBY
Rev. F 02/08/23
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2023 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
GENERATOR CONTROLS
Typical Control Connection
Quiet-Test™ H-100
Controller
on Generator
HTS
Transfer
Switch
or
RS485 -
2-wire
with Ground
Connection
for Control
Any 2-wire
Start ATS
938
ALTERNATOR DATA SHEET
K0300124Y21
Part No. 0183460SSD
Rev. E 9/7/21
60Hz ALTERNATOR DATA
1 OF 2
General Characteristics
Base Data at 480V, 375 kVA, 1,800 RPM, 60 Hz, 3Ø
Voltage (V)
80°C Rise 105°C Rise 120°C Rise 150°C Rise
kW kVA kW kVA kW kVA kW kVA
208/240 228 285 273 341 300 375 321 401
480 228 285 273 341 300 375 321 401
Ratings at 0.8 pf based on 40°C Ambient
Voltages (V) 208/240, 480 Number of Leads 12
Frequency (Hz) 60 Winding Type Reconnectable
Phases 3 Air Flow (CFM) Consult Factory
Speed (RPM) 1,800 Total Harmonic Distortion (%) <5
Excitation System PMG Largest Single Harmonic Value (%) <3.5 Insulation Class H Telephone Interference Factor (TIF) <50 Winding Pitch 2/3 Reference Part Number 0L3719E01R
Description Value
Stator Resistance, Line to Line, High Wye
Connection (Ω) 0.0077
Rotor Resistance (Ω) 1.3600
Exciter Stator Resistance - PMG (Ω) 7.5900
Exciter Rotor Resistance - PMG (Ω) 0.3300
Excitation Winding Resistance - PMG (Ω) 1.0555
Xd, Direct Axis Synchronous Reactance (p.u.) 3.360
X2, Negative Sequence Reactance (p.u.) 0.210
X0, Zero Sequence Reactance (p.u.) 0.080
X’d, Direct Axis Transient Reactance (p.u.) 0.170
X”d, Direct Axis Subtransient Reactance (p.u.) 0.150
Xq, Quadrature Axis Synchronous Reactance (p.u.) 1.610
T’d, Direct Axis Transient Short Circuit Time
Constant (s) 0.109
Description Value
T”d, Direct Axis Subtransient Short Circuit Time
Constant (s) 0.016
T’do, Direct Axis Transient Open Circuit Time
Constant (s) 2.660
Ta, Short Circuit Time Constant of Armature
Winding (s) 0.034
Phase Sequence CCW-NDE T1, T2, T3
Voltage Balance, L-L or L-N (%) 2.5
Deviation Factor (%) < 7
High Wye Connection, Sustained 3Ø Short Circuit
Current (%) - PMG 300
X/R 13
Short Circuit Ratio 0.53
Heat Rejection (BTU/hr) - 100% Rated Load, 480V,
0.8pf, 120°C Temperature Rise 109,959
Reference: Mil-STD-705B
All Ratings are Nominal
939
ALTERNATOR DATA SHEET
K0300124Y21
Part No. 0183460SSD
Rev. E 9/7/21
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2021 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice. 60Hz ALTERNATOR DATA
2 OF 2
skVA
LOG LOG Decrement Curve
*Rated Power value is rating kW at 120°C Winding Temperature Rise and 0.8pf *Rated Power 480V @ 0.8 PF 480V @ 1.0 PF 208/240V @ 0.8PF 208/240V @ 1.0 PF 20% 82.3 83.2 84.9 85.6
40% 87.7 89.1 89.0 90.3
60% 89.9 91.9 90.5 92.2
80% 90.4 92.9 90.4 92.7
100% 90.3 92.3 89.8 92.5
Efficiencies
10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35%
480V @ 0.3PF 192 291 413 544 714 884
480V @ 0.6PF 218 337 469 614 790 966
208/240V @ 0.3PF 139 218 308 413 540 661
208/240V @ 0.6PF 161 255 355 466 609 730
100
1000
10000
100000
0.001 0.010 0.100 1.000 10.000
Output Current (A)
Time (s)
Balanced 3-Phase Short Circuit Decrement & Thermal Damage Current Limit Curves
208V Decrement Curve
480V Decrement Curve
240V Decrement Curve
208V Thermal Damage Curve
480V Thermal Damage Curve
240V Thermal Damage Curve
208V Control System Shutdown
480V Control System Shutdown
240V Control System Shutdown
940
1 OF 2
GENprotect ™
Seamless Protection for Industrial Power Generators
Doc. No 0187980SBY
Rev. D 06/13/19
GENERATOR CONTROLS
GENprotect Operation
The design choice of an onsite power system using a Generac Industrial Power Generator assures your emergency power source is protected from unexpected power distribution faults. Typically, a generator will include some type of over-current device, such as a circuit breaker, or be protected by inherent design with the controller protecting the alternator through a protection algorithm.
Generac’s GENprotect generator protection system monitors the system current output and protects the alternator with extended security against fault scenarios that could occur within the site’s downstream distribution system.
It is a common misconception that the alternator’s main circuit breaker protects the alternator from a short circuit event. The main output breaker protects the cabling and provides a convenient disconnect. The characteristic trip curve for the industry standard thermal magnetic breaker (MCCB, molded case thermal magnetic or solid state) does not coordinate with the thermal damage limitation for an on-site generator. If circuit breakers are used for generator protection, a solid-state circuit breaker with full adjustments (Long Time, Short Time and Instantaneous, LSI) is required to coordinate the breaker protection curve within the generator thermal damage curve. Historically, this limitation was often accepted in system design since failures of the main generator feeder are extremely rare. Most short circuit events happen at a branch circuit, equipment level, where the fault is easily cleared by the smaller down stream breakers.
Given the mission critical nature of today’s back-up power applications, it is more desirable to protect the system against even relatively rare failure modes. As generator controllers have become more powerful it is feasible for manufactures to supply coordinated short circuit protection integral to the generator control system, negating the need for a main-line circuit breaker.
Generac’s GENprotect alternator protection algorithm monitors the generator output. If this monitoring senses short circuit current in excess of rated amps, GENprotect steps in to provide a controlled and safe approach to breaker coordination and alternator protection. GENprotect first limits the alternator short circuit current level to 300%. By limiting the available fault current, GENprotect extends the time the alternator can maintain fault current resulting in consistent breaker coordination. Without this functionality a line to neutral fault may be at 800% of rated current and need to be cleared within 1.4 seconds. The second function GENprotect performs is I2T thermal protection for the alternator. Since a short circuit event can heat the alternator so rapidly, it is not possible to protect the alternator by monitoring temperature. Instead GENprotect calculates the heat energy of the fault current. When this energy reaches the limits of NEMA MG1, GENprotect trips the generator off-line. This configuration ensures the alternator is protected and the power system is ensured 10 seconds of 300% fault current for breaker coordination.
DESCRIPTION
• GENprotect is an alternator protection algorithm approved by UL. • Protects alternator from damage due to shorts and electrical faults. • Provides breaker coordination and alternator protection. • Allows for use of multiple circuit breaker choices, including “no” breaker.
941
2 OF 2
Doc. No 0187980SBY
Rev. D 06/13/19
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2019 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
GENERATOR CONTROLS
The above Figure shows the Generac GENprotect thermal protection curve for use in protection and coordination studies. The alternator Thermal Damage Curve is shown just to the right of the GENprotect protection curve. If the alternator load is greater than the thermal damage protection curve for the alternator, the generator set will trip off-line. For example, an overload current of 110% for 75 seconds causes an overload alarm and will trip the generator off-line, shutting down the engine. GENprotect will provide generator protection over a full range of time and current, from instantaneous faults to overloads lasting several minutes. An advantage of GENprotect over a MCCB is that GENprotect allows for downstream breakers to clear faults without tripping the generator off-line, providing selective coordination with the first level of downstream breakers.
GENprotect ™
Seamless Protection for Industrial Power Generators
942
INDUSTRIAL GENSET - BATTERY INDEX
Part No. 0161970SBY
Rev. N 4/5/2022
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2022 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
BATTERY OPTIONS
1 OF 1
All batteries are 12V, 6 cell construction, lead calcium type.
For 24V systems, batteries are wired in series.
X Battery available with electrolyte and installed in genset. † Single or dual-paralleled battery options are available on 100 and 130kW. Single-battery option not available on 150 and 175kW. * BCI Group Size reference.
• Warranty by Exide Corp. • Exide e-mail: [email protected] • 800-782-7848 National Hot line GENERAC PART #
Engine System
Voltage
Battery
Quantity
058208
(Group 24F)
077483
(Group 26)
058665
(Group 27F)
061119
(Group 31)
061104
(Group 8D)
BT0015A02
(Group 8D)
G2.4 12 1 X
G4.5 12 1 X X
G9.0 12 1 X X
G14.2 24 2 X
G21.9 24 2 X
G25.8 24 2 X
G33.9 24 4 X
G49.0 24 4 X X
INDUSTRIAL SPARK-IGNITED GENSETS - AVAILABLE BATTERIES
DIMENSIONS (in) NOMINAL
Part Number Group Number* Nominal CCA @ 0° F L W H
058208 24F 525 6.75 10.63 9.00
077483 26 525 6.75 8.25 7.75
058665 27F 700 6.75 12.50 9.00
061119 31 925 6.75 13.00 9.40
061104/ BT0015A00 8D 1,200 11.00 20.80 10.00
BT0015A02 8D 1,400 11.00 20.80 10.00
GENERAC PART #
Engine System
Voltage
Battery
Quantity
058665
(Group 27F)
061119
(Group 31)
061104/BT0015A00
(Group 8D)
BT0015A02
(Group 8D)
D2.2 Perkins 12 1 X X
D3.3 Perkins 12 1 X
D4.5 FPT 12 1 X
D6.7 FPT 100, 130kW 12 1 or 2† X
D6.7 FPT 150, 175kW 12 2† X
D8.7 FPT 24 2 X
D10.3 FPT 24 2 X X
D12.9 FPT 24 2 X X
D12.5 Perkins 24 2 X
D15.2 Perkins 24 2 X
D16.0 Volvo 24 2 X X
D18.1 Perkins 24 2 X
D30.6 Perkins 24 2 X X
D33.9 MHI 24 2 X X
D37.1 MHI 24 4 X X
D49.0 MHI 24 4 X X
D65.4 MHI 24 4 X X
INDUSTRIAL DIESEL GENSETS - AVAILABLE BATTERIES
943
1 OF 3
ENCLOSURE
GENERATOR ENCLOSURES
DESCRIPTION
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS’ generator enclosures provide year-round weather protection for your power equipment. Engineered with functionality and value in mind, the enclosure design benefits are unique in that the enclosures utilize dimensionally matched components for either a weather protective configuration or a sound attenuated/acoustic configuration. With common components used between design, modification and on-site upgrades can be accomplished with ease.
The enclosure design offers several benefits over the “standard enclosures” of other manufacturers. Generac’s enclosures have been created with the goal of maximizing the customer’s product performance satisfaction while maintaining the functionality of reducing exterior noise levels and discouraging product tampering.
Although others may require a “premium” for a self-enclosed exhaust system, rugged steel panel construction or protective polyethylene washers under all exterior panel fasteners, Generac includes these and several other features on every enclosure configuration. Be sure to compare. Generac Enclosures offer additional design enhancement extras that other “standard enclosures” do not.
Doc No. 0163180SBY
Rev. E 06/10/19
944
2 OF 3
ENCLOSURE
GENERATOR ENCLOSURES
Post-Free Twin Doors
Provide Large, Unobstructed
Service Access
Gasket-Free, Interconnected Roof
Panel Joint
Drip-Free, Maintenance-Free
Heavy Gauge, Stainless
Steel, Partial Pin Hinges with
Nylon Spacers
Durable, Corrosion-Free,
Removable Doors
Lockable Turn and Tuck
Stainless Steel Latch
Handle
Corrosion-Free, Non-
Protruding and Secure
Dense, Closed-Cell Foam Insulation with
Reflective Silver Mylar Layer
Improved Sound Attenuation Without Damaging
Effects From Radiant Heat Exposure
Two-Point Door Latch
System
Ensures Proper Seal
Preventing Water Ingress
and Sound Egress
Doc No. 0163180SBY
Rev. E 06/10/19
945
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2016 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice. 3 OF 3
ENCLOSURE
Doc No. 0163180SBY
Rev. E 06/10/19
GENERATOR ENCLOSURES
FEATURES: BENEFITS:
Dimensional matching of acoustic and non-acoustic enclosure designs Reduces variation in fuel tank pricing, inventory; removes need to change out fuel tank or retrofit
Standardized enclosure components * Ease of retrofit or upgrade to acoustic system; reduced parts inventory, costs
Enclosure mounted directly to unit baseframe Simplified delivery and installation with enclosure and unit in single component design
Electrostatically painted panels Maximum protection from weather elements 12 or 14 gauge steel based on kW rating Maximum sound attenuation, protection and product life Aluminum Enclosure optional Prevents corrosion in coastal regions Stainless steel door latch and hinge hardware Provides extended component life; maximum protection against rusting Stainless steel door latch strike plate Maximum protection against enclosure paint damage from door latch pin Door hinges utilize slip-pin design Provides quick door removal for full-unit access Polyethylene gasketing under door hinges Additional protection for enclosure paint finish Keyed door latches Protection for equipment and personnel Large removable access doors Ease of maintenance
Relocation of access doors Provides improved access to MLCB on all units Redesigned door gasketing Improved sealing quality from sound and weather elements Weather resistant aluminum roof design with drip ledge Provides optimum moisture/rain runoff from unit Cabled and gasketed radiator access cover Provides improved radiator access and additional protection from weather elements
Acoustic roof panels manufactured with mechanical retention pins Increased acoustic foam retention within unit Polyethylene washers under all panel fasteners Additional paint finish protection from stainless steel fastener Internally fastened enclosure panels (where possible) Provides streamlined unit appearance Additional roof panel stiffener Added overall compartment rigidity and acoustic foam panel retention Self-enclosed exhaust system Provides safe unit operation; no enclosure hot spots; streamlined unit appearance
Discharge air duct has been designed with minimal fasteners Ease of removal and access to exhaust system Stainless steel exhaust band clamps Provides extended component life; ensures proper exhaust seal Drain holes within air ducts Enables maximum water run-off Rodent-proof, tamper proof enclosure design Safety and security for personnel and equipment Redesigned baseframe lifting lugs Ease of unit relocation; prevents compartment damage from lifting straps Up to 200 MPH wind kit options (Contact Factory for Availability) Meets locally enforced wind requirements * Consult Generac Power Systems, Inc. for installation drawings for specific configurations and dimensions. 946
1 OF 1
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2019 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
RhinoCoat™
Part No. 0180230SBY
Rev. F 11/16/19
UNIT OPTIONS
Generac’s RhinoCoat™ finish system provides superior durability as a standard for all Generac Industrial enclosures, tanks and frames.* Testing Standards
Generac’s RhinoCoat™ finished surfaces are subjected to numerous tests. These include:
• ASTM D - 1186 - 87..............................................................................................................2.5+ MIL Paint Thickness • ASTM D - 3363 - 92a............................................................................................................Adequate Material Hardness • ASTM D 522 - B....................................................................................................................Resistant to Cracking • ASTM D 3359 - B..................................................................................................................Exceptional Adhesion • ASTM B117 D 1654..............................................................................................................Resistant to Salt Water Corrosion • ASTM D1735 D 1654............................................................................................................Resistant to Humidity • ASTM 2794 93 (2004)..........................................................................................................Exceptional Impact Resistance • SAEJ1690 - UV Specifications...............................................................................................UV Protection In addition to the testing standards above, Generac adds the following test requirements more specific to generator applications:
• Resistant to Typical Oils
• Resistant to Typical Fuels
• Resistant to Typical Antifreeze
• Resistant to Distilled Water
Primary Codes and Standards
*RhinoCoat™ powder coat paint is durable and corrosion resistant however it is not a rust preventative. Generac pretreats all powder coated parts to assist with resistance to corrosion. 947
1 OF 2
EATON CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Standard (80% Rated) Thermal-Magnetic
Part No. 0189370SSD
Rev. F 4/3/20
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
AMPS VOLTS ACCESSORIES EATON PART NUMBER SERIES FRAME GENERAC PART NUMBER 15 600
No Accessories FG3015
C
F-Frame
0H9294TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3015A12S03 0H9294TAB0
20 No Accessories FG3020 0H9295TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3020A12S03 0H9295TAB0
25 No Accessories FG3025 0J0248TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3025A12S03 0J0248TAB0
30 No Accessories FG3030 0H9296TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3030A12S03 0H9296TAB0
35 No Accessories FG3035 0H9297TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3035A12S03 0H9297TAB0
40 No Accessories FG3040 0H9298TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3040A12S03 0H9298TAB0
45 No Accessories FG3045 0H9299TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3045A12S03 0H9299TAB0
50 No Accessories FG3050 0H9300TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3050A12S03 0H9300TAB0
60 No Accessories FG3060 0H9301TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3060A12S03 0H9301TAB0
70 No Accessories FG3070 0H9302TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3070A12S03 0H9302TAB0
80 No Accessories FG3080 0J0841TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3080A12S03 0J0841TAB0
90 No Accessories FG3090 0J0837TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3090A12S03 0J0837TAB0
100
No Accessories FG30100 0H9314TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3100A12S03 0H9314TAB0
125
No Accessories FG30125 0J0231TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3125A12S03 0J0231TAB0
150
No Accessories FG30150 0H9315TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3150A12S03 0H9315TAB0
175
No Accessories FG30175 0H9316TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3175A12S03 0H9316TAB0
200
No Accessories FG30200 0J0232TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3200A12S03 0J0232TAB0
225
No Accessories FG3225 0H9317TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts FG3225A12S03 0H9317TAB0
250
No Accessories JG3250
J-Frame
0H9318TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts JG3250A12S43 0H9318TAB0
300
No Accessories KG3300
K-Frame
0H9319TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts KG3300A12S43 0H9319TAB0
948
2 OF 2
EATON CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA
Standard (80% Rated) Thermal-Magnetic
Part No. 0189370SSD
Rev. F 4/3/20
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2020 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
AMPS VOLTS ACCESSORIES EATON PART NUMBER SERIES FRAME GENERAC PART NUMBER 350
600
No Accessories KG3350
C
K-Frame
0H9320TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts KG3350A12S43 0H9320TAB0
400
No Accessories KG3400 0H9321TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts KG3400A12S43 0H9321TAB0
450
No Accessories LG3450
L-Frame
0H9322TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts LG3450A12S03 0H9322TAB0
500
No Accessories LG3500 0H9323TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts LG3500A12S03 0H9323TAB0
600
No Accessories LG3600 0H9324TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts LG3600A12S03 0H9324TAB0
700
No Accessories MDL3700
M-Frame
0H9325TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts MDL3700A06S02 0H9325TAB0
800
No Accessories MDL3800 0H9326TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts MDL3800A06S02 0H9326TAB0
900*
No Accessories NG3900
N-Frame
0H9327TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts NG3900A12S03 0H9327TAB0
1,000*
No Accessories NG31000 0H9328TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts NG31000A12S03 0H9328TAB0
1,200*
No Accessories NG31200 0H9329TA00
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts NG31200A12S03 0H9329TAB0
1,400*
No Accessories RGH316033MY22
G RG-Frame
0H9360EAN0
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts RGH316033MA12S21Y22 0H9360EANB 1,600*
No Accessories RGH316033MY22 0H9361EAN0
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts RGH316033MA12S21Y22 0H9361EANB 2,000*
No Accessories RGH320033M 0H9367EAN0
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts RGH320033MA12S21 0H9367EANB 2,500*
No Accessories RGH325033M 0H9368EAN0
Shunt Trip and Aux. Contacts RGH325033MA12S21 0H9368EANB *LS-type electronic trip breaker equipped with RMS 310+ trip unit. 949
1 OF 1
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2023 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
BATTERY CHARGER
2.5 amp and 10 amp
Part No.0191900SBY
Rev. F 01/30/23
GENERATOR CONTROLS
The Generac 2.5 amp 12 volt and 10 amp 12/24 volt
battery chargers are designed to work with Generac
Industrial Controls to provide the ultimate in automatic battery voltage maintenance.
The 2.5 amp charger is self-regulating and produces
instantaneous output current adjustments to keep the
battery charged to an optimum level. Battery voltage is read on the control panel digital display.
The 10 amp charger has automatic float and equalize
control. It precisely monitors the battery’s voltage and automatically activates the correct charging mode. The
charge rate is limited and controlled to efficiently and safely maintain ideal battery levels under
varying conditions.
The equalize system uses a control circuit to limit
charging current to 10 amps. When battery voltage
drops below a preset level, charging current increases to 5 amps and then to the 10 amp charge rate if needed.
When the battery reaches maximum charge, the charger
switches to float mode to supply just enough current
to maintain the battery at or above 13/26 volts. Battery voltage and charging current are read at the control
panel digital display.
Battery charger shown from inside of control panel enclosure.
Connections are made via an attached harness.
Specifications 2.5A 10A
Nominal Input 120 VAC 120 VAC
Operating AC Line Voltage Range 108 to 132 VAC 108 to 132 VAC Input AC Line Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Battery Fuse N/A 15 A
Nominal Charge Rate 2.5 A 10 A
Equalize Voltage N/A 13.8/27.6 V
Float Voltage 13.4 V 13.0/26.0 V
Current @ Equalize to Float Transition N/A 5 A
Battery Under-voltage shutdown N/A 11/22 V
LED Indicators No Yes
AC Line Voltage N/A Green LED
Battery Connected and Charging N/A Yellow LED
Battery Current Drain 30 mA 30 mA
AC Line Connection Connector Plug Connector Plug
Battery Connection Connector Plug Connector Plug
Control Connection AC Power Fail Form Relay
Form C 2 A Rating
CUL Recognized Yes Yes
NFPA 110 Compliant No Yes
AGM Compatible No Yes
UL1236 No Yes
CSA 22.2 No. 107 No Yes
950
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2019 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice. 1 OF 1
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Part No. 0192390SSD
Rev. K 10/21/19
EATON CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA LUG INFORMATION
Eaton Series C Circuit Breaker Lugs
Standard Lug
Amps Series Frame Eaton Part # Wire (QTY) Size
15-70 C G - (1) #10-1/0
15-100 C F 3T100FB (1) #14-1/0
125-200 C F 3TA225FD (1) #4-4/0
225 C F 3TA225FDK (1) #6-300MCM
250 C J TA250KB (1) #4-350MCM
300 C K TA350K (1) 250-500MCM
350-400 C K 3TA400K (2) 3/0-250MCM
450-500 C L TA602LD (2) 3/0-350MCM
600 C L 3TA603LDK (2) 400-500MCM
700-800 C M TA800MA2 (3) 3/0-400MCM
900-1,000 C N T1200NB3 (4) 3/0-400MCM
1,200 C N TA1201NB1 (3) 500-750MCM
Eaton Series G Circuit Breaker Lugs
Amps Series Frame
Standard Lug
Eaton Part # Wire (Qty) Size
50-250 G JG TA250FJ (1) #8-350MCM
300-600 G LG 3TA632LK (2) #2-500MCM
900-1,200 G NG TA1201NB1 (3) 500-750MCM
1,400-1,600 G RG T1600RD (4) 1-600MCM
2,000 G RG Lugs Not Included
2,500 G RG Lugs Not Included
951
GENERATOR CONTROLS
1 OF 1
Part No. 084918N
05/13/15
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2015 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
COOLANT HEATER OPTION
2000 WATT, 240VAC
127 [5.0]
108 [4.25]
Ø6.35 [0.25]
(4) PLACES
38.1 [1.50]
116.8
[4.6]
76.2 [3.0]
HOSE BARB TO FIT
5/8” I.D. HOSE
(2) PLACES
45.7 [1.8]
OUTLET
INLET
170.2
[6.7]
200.7
[7.9]
DIMENSIONS: mm [INCHES]
SPECIFICATIONS:
VOLTAGE: 240VAC
HEAT POWER: 2000W
FIXED THERMOSTAT: 80°-100°F
HEATING ELEMENT: INCOLOY 800
MAXIMUM PRESSURE: 90 PSI (620 kPa)
PLUG NEMA STD: 6-15P
952
TX Series Transfer Switch
TXC-100
Automatic Transfer Switch Controller
TX SERIES
1 of 2
• Automatic Transfer Switch Controller
• Up to 480 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Single and Three Phase
• cETLus Recognized Component
• Tested to UL 1008
Codes and Standards
Not all codes and standards apply to all configurations. Contact factory for details.
cETLus Recognized per UL 1008
NFPA 37, 70, 99, 110
NEC 700, 701, 702, 708
®
Description
Generac’s TXC-100 microprocessor based controller provides customers with the flexibility to program a comprehensive group of set points to match the application needs. The controller has 2 programmable inputs and 1 programmable output as standard and is available with an optional expansion board for up to 4 programmable inputs and outputs. The LCD displays real time and historical information with time-stamped events. The integrated plant exerciser can be configured in off, daily, day of week, biweekly, and monthly intervals with user selectable run time. Standard features of the controller include three phase sensing on both sources, phase unbalance, phase reversal, emergency inhibit, and communications.
Image used for illustration purposes only
953
TX Series Transfer Switch
TXC-100
Automatic Transfer Switch Controller
TX SERIES
2 of 2
• Chicago Code Kit
• 3R Padlockable Cover for Controller (Standard on
3R Enclosure)
• Emergency Inhibit
• Selectable Retransfer
• Manual Generator Retransfer
• Type 1 to 3R Conversion Kit
• Heater Option for Temperature and Humidity Control
(Standard on 3R Enclosure)
• Input/Output (I/O) Module
• Current Measurements**
• Power in kW**
• Power Factor**
GENERAL
• Graphical LCD-Based Display for Programming,
System Diagnostics and Help Menu Display Mimic
Diagram with Source Available and Connected
LED Indicator
• Time-Stamped Event History Log
• Programmable Exerciser - Daily, Weekly,
Bi-Weekly, Monthly
• Methods of Transfer Include: Open with Inphase
Transition Only, Time Delay in Neutral Transition, or
Inphase with a Default to Time Delay in
Neutral Transfer
• Modbus® RTU Communications
• Operating Temperature -4 ° to 158 °F
(-20 ° to 70 °C)
• Voltage Agnostic*
• Integrated Anti-condensation Heater Control
• Auxiliary Output Includes: 2WS, SB4T, Fault, and a
Programmable Relay Output
• Auxiliary Input Includes: Permissive and Loadshed
Inputs (24 VDC)
• Expandable Input/Output Board Module Includes: 4
Relay Outputs and 4 Optically Isolated Inputs
• Front Programmable Control Reduces PPE Needs
and Arc Flash Hazard
• Built in Battery Backup - Increases Switch Reliability and Reduces Switch Transition Time to
Alternate Source
• Rechargeable Lithium-ion Battery Backup Able to
Power the Controller for up to 60 Minutes in the
Event of No Source Availability
• Accessible USB Port for Easy Data Downloads,
Firmware Updates without Requiring PPE, Reducing
the Risk of Arc Flash
• All Amp Nodes Offered with Delayed Transition
• General Alarm Indication
• Heater Programmable through Control for Desired
Temperature and Humidity Settings
• Front Accessible Customer Connections and Battery
without Arc Flash Exposure
• Auxiliary Generator Battery Backup for Controller
VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY SENSING
• Three Phase Under and Over Voltage Sensing on
Normal and Emergency Sources
• Under and Over Frequency Sensing on Normal
and Emergency
• Selectable Settings: Single or Three Phase Voltage
• Sensing on Normal, Emergency and Load
50 or 60 Hz
• Phase Sequence Sensing for Phase Sensitive Loads
PROGRAMMABLE I/O PARAMETERS
Outputs:
• Source 1 – Two Wire Start
• Source 2 – Two Wire Start
• Engine Exercising
• Engine Warmup
• Signal Before Transfer (Elevator Contact)
• General Alarm
• Source 1 Good
• Source 2 Good
Inputs:
• Permissive (Emergency Inhibit)
• Remote Engine Fast Test
• Remote Engine Normal Test
• ATS Timer
• Initiate Demand Response
STANDARD FEATURES
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
* 480 V Delta Must be Specified at Time of Ordering for Transformer Kit to be Included
Part No. A0000354456
Rev. A 06/18/2020
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53189 P: (262) 544-4811 ©2020 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice. ** When Equipped with Current Transformers
954
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
100 – 400 Amps
Contactor Type · Open and Delayed Transition
TX611 SERIES
1 of 3
• Automatic Transfer Switch
• 100 – 400 A, up to 480 VAC, 60 Hz
• Single or Three Phase
• 2, 3, or 4 Poles
• UL Type 1 or Type 3R Enclosure
• Open and Inphase or Open with Delayed Transition
• ETLus and cETLus
• 3 Cycle Rated for Easy Upstream Breaker Coordination
Codes and Standards
ETLus and cETLus Listed to UL 1008
NFPA 70, 99, 110
NEC 700, 701, 702, 708
OSHPD and Seismic Certified CBC
2019, CBC 2016, IBC 2018, IBC 2015,
IBC 2012, IBC 2009, ASCE 7-10,
ASCE 7-16, ICC-ES AC-156
®
Description
Generac’s patented* contactor is featured in the TX contactor type transfer switch, which is a double-throw robust switch construction with inherent interlocks for safe positive transfer between power sources. Featuring a transition time of less than 20 milliseconds, this high speed transfer is ideal for all applications, including motor load applications. The contacts are silver composite for long life, resisting pitting or burning. The switches are rated for full load transfers in mission critical, emergency, legally required, and optional power systems.
The microprocessor based controller provides the customers with the flexibility to program a comprehensive group of set points to match the application needs. The controller has two programmable inputs and one programmable output as standard and is available with optional expansion boards for up to four programmable inputs and outputs. The LCD displays real time and historical information with time-stamped events. The integrated plant exerciser can be configured in off, daily, day of week, biweekly, and monthly intervals with user selectable run time. Standard features of the controller include three phase sensing on both sources, phase unbalance, phase reversal, load shed, emergency inhibit, and communications.
*Patent Number: US 11,227,728 B2
Image used for illustration purposes only
955
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
100 – 400 Amps
Contactor Type · Open and Delayed Transition
TX611 SERIES
2 of 3
• Chicago Code Kit
• 3R Padlockable Cover for Controller (Standard on
3R Enclosure)
• CTs for Integrated Metering
• Heater Option for Temperature and Humidity Control
(Standard on 3R)
• Time Delay in Neutral Transition (TDN), or Inphase
with a Default to Time Delay in Neutral Transfer
• Expandable Input/Output Board Module Includes:
4 Relay Outputs and 4 Optically Isolated Inputs
• IBC Seismic Certified/Seismic Rated
• 2 Year Extended Limited Warranty
• 5 Year Basic Limited Warranty
• 5 Year Extended Limited Warranty
• 7 Year Extended Limited Warranty
• 10 Year Extended Limited Warranty
Engineered Options
• Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor (TVSS)
• NEMA 4X Stainless Steel (304 or 316) Enclosure
• Manual Generator Retransfer Switch
• Go to Emergency Switch
Conversion Kits
• 480 V Transformer Kit for 3-Wire Systems
• UL Type 1 to Type 3R Kit
GENERAL
• Small Footprint, Results in Easy Mounting and
Installation for Reduced Time and Costs
• Cable Entry is Top or Bottom
• Double-Throw, Stored Energy Transfer Mechanism
• Can be Electrically Isolated while Energized
• Graphical LCD-Based Display for Programming,
System Diagnostics and Help Menu Display Mimic
• Diagram with Source Available and Connected
LED Indicator
• Method of Transfer: Open with Inphase Transition
• Mechanically Interlocked to Prevent Connection of
Both Sources
• Modbus® RTU
• TXC 100 Controller
• Operating Temperature -4 ° to 158 °F
(-20 ° to 70 °C)
• Removable Top and Bottom Plates for Ease of Entry
• Voltage Agnostic*
• High Withstand and Closing Ratings
• Heater Kit Standard on All 3R Enclosures
• Auxiliary Output Includes: Two Wire Start, Signal
Before Transfer, Fault, and a Programmable
Relay Output
• Auxiliary Input Includes: Permissive Inputs
(24 VDC)
• General Alarm Indication
• 2 Year Standard Warranty
• IBC 2018, 2015, 2012, 2009
VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY SENSING
• Three Phase Under and Over Voltage Sensing on
Normal and Emergency Sources
• Under and Over Frequency Sensing on Normal
and Emergency
• Selectable Settings: Single or Three Phase Voltage
• Sensing on Normal, Emergency and Load 60 Hz
• Phase Sequence Sensing for Phase Sensitive Loads
Start Circuit
• 2-Wire Start
• 3-Wire Start From C Contact for Circuit Monitoring
Digital Outputs
• Signal Before Transfer (Elevator)
• General Alarm
Digital Inputs
• Emergency Inhibit (Permissive & Load Shed)
• Go to Emergency (Demand Response)
• Manual Generator Retransfer
CONTROLS
• Front Programmable Control Reduces PPE Needs
and Arc Flash Hazard
• Built in Battery Backup - Increases Switch Reliability and Reduces Switch Transition Time to
Alternate Source
• Battery Backup Able to Power the Controller for up
to 60 Minutes in the Event of No Source Availability
• Generator Battery Backup for Controller
• Accessible USB Port for Easy Data Downloads,
Firmware Updates without Requiring PPE, Reducing
the Risk of Arc Flash
• All Amp Nodes Offered with Delayed Transition
• Heater Programmable through Control for Desired
Temperature and Humidity Settings
• Front Accessible Customer Connections
• Time-Stamped Event History Log
• Programmable Exerciser - Daily, Weekly,
Bi-Weekly, Monthly
STANDARD FEATURES
CONFIGURABLE OPTIONS
* 480 V 3-Wire Systems Must be Specified at Time of Ordering for Transformer Kit to be Included 956
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
100 – 400 Amps
Contactor Type · Open and Delayed Transition
TX611 SERIES
3 of 3
* All measurements are approximate and for estimation purposes only. Specification characteristics may change without notice. Please contact a Generac Power Systems Industrial Dealer for detailed installation drawings. ** See Specific Breaker List available on GENconnect.
Part No. A0000528440
Rev. E 04/21/2023
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53189 P: (262) 544-4811 ©2023 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice. 350 [13.78]
20 [0.79]
"A"
20 [0.79]
"C"
"B"
Ø8 [Ø0.31]Ø14 [Ø0.55]
"F"
"E"
"G"
"J" "L"
"D"
"N"
"P"
"M""K"
"L"
"K"
"L"
"K""H"
3R COVERS
ON 3R UNITS
ONLY
Contactor Type, Open and Delayed Transition, 100 – 400 A Description
in (mm) Cu/Al lbs (kg)
A
(Height)
B
(Height)
C
(Width)
D
(Depth)
E
(Dim)
F
(Dim)
G
(Dim)
H
(Dim)
J
(Dim)
K
(Dim)
L
(Dim)
M
(Dim)
N
(Dim)
P
(Dim)
Normal
75 °C Wire
Standby
Source
75 °C Wire
Load
75 °C Wire
Neutral
Connection
Ground
Connection Weight
100A NON SER
TYPE 1
35.6 (903)
31.7 (806)
21.2 (538)
12.0 (305)
8.9 (226)
9.9 (252)
18.5 (471)
13.7 (348)
12.4 (315)
1.7 (44)
1.7 (44)
5.8 (148)
5.8 (148)
3.1 (79) (1) 2/0 - 14 (1) 2/0 - 14 (1) 2/0 - 14 (5) 2/0 - 14 (2) 1/0 - 14 105.6 (48)
100A NON SER
TYPE 3R
35.6 (903)
31.7 (806)
21.2 (538)
13.9 (355)
8.9 (226)
9.9 (252)
18.5 (471)
13.7 (348)
12.4 (315)
1.7 (44)
1.7 (44)
5.8 (148)
5.8 (148)
3.1 (79) (1) 2/0 - 14 (1) 2/0 - 14 (1) 2/0 - 14 (5) 2/0 - 14 (2) 1/0 - 14 110.0 (50)
150A NON SER
TYPE 1
35.6 (903)
31.7 (806)
21.2 (538)
12.0 (305)
9.3 (236)
10.3 (262)
18.1 (460)
13.7 (348)
12.4 (315)
1.7 (44)
1.7 (44)
6.0 (153)
6.0 (153)
3.3 (84) (1) 250 - 6 (1) 250 - 6 (1) 250 - 6 (4) 350 - 6 (2) 250 - 6 116.6 (53)
150A NON SER
TYPE 3R
35.6 (903)
31.7 (806)
21.2 (538)
13.9 (355)
9.3 (236)
10.3 (262)
18.1 (460)
13.7 (348)
12.4 (315)
1.7 (44)
1.7 (44)
6.0 (153)
6.0 (153)
3.3 (84) (1) 250 - 6 (1) 250 - 6 (1) 250 - 6 (4) 350 - 6 (2) 250 - 6 121.0 (55)
200A NON SER
TYPE 1
35.6 (903)
31.7 (806)
21.2 (538)
12.0 (305)
9.3 (236)
10.3 (262)
18.1 (460)
13.7 (348)
12.4 (315)
1.7 (44)
1.7 (44)
6.0 (153)
6.0 (153)
3.3 (84) (1) 250 - 6 (1) 250 - 6 (1) 250 - 6 (4) 350 - 6 (2) 250 - 6 116.6 (53)
200A NON SER
TYPE 3R
35.6 (903)
31.7 (806)
21.2 (538)
13.9 (355)
9.3 (236)
10.3 (262)
18.1 (460)
13.7 (348)
12.4 (315)
1.7 (44)
1.7 (44)
6.0 (153)
6.0 (153)
3.3 (84) (1) 250 - 6 (1) 250 - 6 (1) 250 - 6 (4) 350 - 6 (2) 250 - 6 121.0 (55)
300A NON SER
TYPE 1
51.4 (1,305)
47.5 (1,206)
24.2 (614)
12.0 (305)
9.7 (246)
11.5 (292)
20.3 (516)
14.8 (377)
13.1 (311)
2.3 (59)
2.3 (59)
6.5 (166)
6.5 (166)
3.3 (84)
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(5) 600 MCM - 4 or
(10) 250 MCM - 1/0 (2) 250 - 6 173.8
(79)
300A NON SER
TYPE 3R
51.4 (1,305)
47.5 (1,206)
24.2 (614)
13.9 (355)
9.7 (246)
11.5 (292)
20.3 (516)
14.8 (377)
13.1 (311)
2.3 (59)
2.3 (59)
6.5 (166)
6.5 (166)
3.3 (84)
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(5) 600 MCM - 4 or
(10) 250 MCM - 1/0 (2) 250 - 6 178.2
(81)
400A NON SER
TYPE 1
51.4 (1,305)
47.5 (1
,206)
24.2 (614)
12.0 (305)
9.7 (246)
11.5 (292)
20.3 (516)
14.8 (377)
13.1 (311)
2.3 (59)
2.3 (59)
6.5 (166)
6.5 (166)
3.3 (84)
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(5) 600 MCM - 4 or
(10) 250 MCM - 1/0 (2) 250 - 6 173.8
(79)
400A NON SER
TYPE 3R
51.4 (1,305)
47.5 (1,206)
24.2 (614)
13.9 (355)
9.7 (246)
11.5 (292)
20.3 (516)
14.8 (377)
13.1 (311)
2.3 (59)
2.3 (59)
6.5 (166)
6.5 (166)
3.3 (84)
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(1) 600 - 4 or
(2) 250 - 1/0
(5) 600 MCM - 4 or
(10) 250 MCM - 1/0 (2) 250 - 6 178.2
(81)
UL 1008 Withstand and Closing Ratings
Ampere Rating Specific Breaker (kA)** 3-Cycle Rating (kA) Fuse Rating (Class J) Fuse Size Voltage 100 35 22 200 kA 200 A 480V
150 42 22 200 kA 200 A 480V
200 42 22 200 kA 200 A 480V
300 65 35 200 kA 400 A 480V
400 65 35 200 kA 400 A 480V
UNIT DIMENSIONS*
957
1 OF 7
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
Specific Circuit Breaker Manufacturer and Type Listing
When protected by a circuit breaker of the specific manufacturer, type, and ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in circuits capable of delivering short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere
Rating
Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current
Rating
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC,
Maximum)
Manufacturer Type Circuit Breaker Rating
(Amperes Maximum)
100 25 480 Square D BJ, BG, BD 125
100 35 480 Square D HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 150
100 35 480 Square D JG, JJ, JL, JR 200
100 30 480 Eaton FD, FDC, FDCE 200
100 30 480 Eaton FDE, HFD, HFDE 200
100 35 480 Eaton EGE, EGC 125
100 35 480 Eaton EGH, EGS 125
100 35 480 Eaton HJD, JD, JDB 200
100 35 480 Eaton JDC, JGC, JGH 200
100 35 480 Eaton JGS, JGU, JGX 200
100 35 480 Eaton LGC, LGH, LGS 200
100 35 480 Eaton LGU, LGX 200
100 35 480 GE/ABB SGL, SGP 125
100 35 480 GE/ABB SEL, SEP , PE_N 125
100 35 480 GE/ABB PE_H, PE_L 125
100 35 480 Siemens 3VA52_6 200
TX611 Series Switches Covered:
100A up to 480V
Short-Circuit Withstand and Closing Fuse Ratings
When protected by a fuse of the specific fuse class and maximum ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Fuse Class Rating (Amperes)
100 200 480 J 200
Any Breaker (3 Cycle) Withstand and Closing Rating
When protected by a circuit breaker, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current for the maximum time duration and voltage marked below. The circuit breaker must include an instantaneous trip response unless the available short-circuit current is less than or equal to the short-time rating of the transfer switch and the circuit breaker includes a short-time trip response. The maximum clearing time of the instantaneous trip response must be less than or equal to the time duration shown for the marked short-circuit current. When protected by a circuit breaker with a short-time trip response, the short-time response of the circuit breaker must be coordinated with the short-time current rating of the transfer switch as marked below.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Time Duration
(Sec, Maximum)
100 22 480 0.050
958
2 OF 7
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
Specific Circuit Breaker Manufacturer and Type Listing
When protected by a circuit breaker of the specific manufacturer, type, and ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in circuits capable of delivering short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere
Rating
Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current
Rating
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC,
Maximum)
Manufacturer Type Circuit Breaker Rating
(Amperes Maximum)
150 25 480 Square D BJ, BG, BD 125
150 42 480 Square D HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 150
150 42 480 Square D JG, JJ, JL, JR 200
150 30 480 Eaton FD, FDC, FDCE 200
150 30 480 Eaton FDE, HFD, HFDE 200
150 42 480 Eaton EGE, EGC 125
150 42 480 Eaton EGH, EGS 125
150 35 480 Eaton HJD, JD, JDB 200
150 35 480 Eaton JDC, JGC, JGH 200
150 35 480 Eaton JGS, JGU, JGX 200
150 35 480 Eaton LGC, LGH, LGS 200
150 35 480 Eaton LGU, LGX 200
150 35 480 GE/ABB SGL, SGP 125
150 42 480 GE/ABB SEL, SEP , PE_N 150
150 42 480 GE/ABB PE_H, PE_L 150
150 42 480 GE/ABB THLC1 150
150 42 480 Siemens 3VA52_6 200
TX611 Series Switches Covered:
150A up to 480V
Short-Circuit Withstand and Closing Fuse Ratings
When protected by a fuse of the specific fuse class and maximum ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Fuse Class Rating (Amperes)
150 200 480 J 200
Any Breaker (3 Cycle) Withstand and Closing Rating
When protected by a circuit breaker, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current for the maximum time duration and voltage marked below. The circuit breaker must include an instantaneous trip response unless the available short-circuit current is less than or equal to the short-time rating of the transfer switch and the circuit breaker includes a short-time trip response. The maximum clearing time of the instantaneous trip response must be less than or equal to the time duration shown for the marked short-circuit current. When protected by a circuit breaker with a short-time trip response, the short-time response of the circuit breaker must be coordinated with the short-time current rating of the transfer switch as marked below.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Time Duration
(Sec, Maximum)
150 22 480 0.050
959
3 OF 7
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
Specific Circuit Breaker Manufacturer and Type Listing
When protected by a circuit breaker of the specific manufacturer, type, and ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in circuits capable of delivering short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere
Rating
Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current
Rating
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC,
Maximum)
Manufacturer Type Circuit Breaker Rating
(Amperes Maximum)
200 25 480 Square D BJ, BG, BD 125
200 42 480 Square D HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 150
200 42 480 Square D JG, JJ, JL, JR 200
200 30 480 Eaton FD, FDC, FDCE 200
200 30 480 Eaton FDE, HFD, HFDE 200
200 42 480 Eaton EGE, EGC 125
200 42 480 Eaton EGH, EGS 125
200 35 480 Eaton HJD, JD, JDB 200
200 35 480 Eaton JDC, JGC, JGH 200
200 35 480 Eaton JGS, JGU, JGX 200
200 35 480 Eaton LGC, LGH, LGS 200
200 35 480 Eaton LGU, LGX 200
200 35 480 GE/ABB SGL, SGP 125
200 42 480 GE/ABB SEL, SEP , PE_N 150
200 42 480 GE/ABB PE_H, PE_L 150
200 42 480 GE/ABB THLC1 150
200 42 480 Siemens 3VA52_6 200
TX611 Series Switches Covered:
200A up to 480V
Short-Circuit Withstand and Closing Fuse Ratings
When protected by a fuse of the specific fuse class and maximum ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Fuse Class Rating (Amperes)
200 200 480 J 200
Any Breaker (3 Cycle) Withstand and Closing Rating
When protected by a circuit breaker, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current for the maximum time duration and voltage marked below. The circuit breaker must include an instantaneous trip response unless the available short-circuit current is less than or equal to the short-time rating of the transfer switch and the circuit breaker includes a short-time trip response. The maximum clearing time of the instantaneous trip response must be less than or equal to the time duration shown for the marked short-circuit current. When protected by a circuit breaker with a short-time trip response, the short-time response of the circuit breaker must be coordinated with the short-time current rating of the transfer switch as marked below.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Time Duration
(Sec, Maximum)
200 22 480 0.050
960
4 OF 7
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Switches Covered:
300A up to 480V
Short-Circuit Withstand and Closing Fuse Ratings
When protected by a fuse of the specific fuse class and maximum ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Fuse Class Rating (Amperes)
300 200 480 J 400
Specific Circuit Breaker Manufacturer and Type Listing
When protected by a circuit breaker of the specific manufacturer, type, and ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in circuits capable of delivering short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere
Rating
Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current
Rating
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC,
Maximum)
Manufacturer Type Circuit Breaker Rating
(Amperes Maximum)
300 42 480 Square D CJH 600
300 50 480 Square D HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 150
300 50 480 Square D JG, JJ, JL, JR 250
300 50 480 Square D LG, LA, LH 400
300 50 480 Square D CJL 600
300 65 480 Square D LC, LE, LI, LJ, LL 600
300 65 480 Square D LR, LX, LXI 600
300 50 480 Eaton LA TRI PACK 400
300 50 480 Eaton CK400N 400
300 50 480 Eaton LGS 600
300 65 480 Eaton JDC, HJD 250
300 65 480 Eaton CHKD, HKD, KDC 400
300 65 480 Eaton CK400H, DK 400
300 65 480 Eaton CHLD, LDC, LGC, CLDC 600
300 65 480 Eaton LGH, LGU, LGX, HLD 600
300 35 480 GE/ABB S5N 400
300 42 480 GE/ABB S5H, TB4, TBC6 400
300 50 480 GE/ABB TBC4, THLC4, TLB4 400
300 50 480 GE/ABB TB6 600
300 65 480 GE/ABB FGH, FGL, FGN 600
300 65 480 GE/ABB FGP , SGL, SGP 600
300 65 480 GE/ABB TBC6, TJL1S, TJL4V 600
300 65 480 Siemens CJD6, HHJD6 400
300 65 480 Siemens HJXD6, HHJXD6 400
300 65 480 Siemens HJD6, HLMD6 400
300 65 480 Siemens SCJD6, SHJD6 400
961
5 OF 7
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Switches Covered:
300A up to 480V (Continued)
Specific Circuit Breaker Manufacturer and Type Listing (Continued) When protected by a circuit breaker of the specific manufacturer, type, and ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in circuits capable of delivering short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere
Rating
Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current
Rating
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC,
Maximum)
Manufacturer Type Circuit Breaker Rating
(Amperes Maximum)
300 65 480 Siemens 3VA64_6 400
300 65 480 Siemens CLD6, HHLD6 600
300 65 480 Siemens HLD6, HLXD6 600
300 65 480 Siemens SHLD6 600
Any Breaker (3 Cycle) Withstand and Closing Rating
When protected by a circuit breaker, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current for the maximum time duration and voltage marked below. The circuit breaker must include an instantaneous trip response unless the available short-circuit current is less than or equal to the short-time rating of the transfer switch and the circuit breaker includes a short-time trip response. The maximum clearing time of the instantaneous trip response must be less than or equal to the time duration shown for the marked short-circuit current. When protected by a circuit breaker with a short-time trip response, the short-time response of the circuit breaker must be coordinated with the short-time current rating of the transfer switch as marked below.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Time Duration
(Sec, Maximum)
300 35 480 0.050
962
6 OF 7
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Switches Covered:
400A up to 480V
Short-Circuit Withstand and Closing Fuse Ratings
When protected by a fuse of the specific fuse class and maximum ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Fuse Class Rating (Amperes)
400 200 480 J 400
Specific Circuit Breaker Manufacturer and Type Listing
When protected by a circuit breaker of the specific manufacturer, type, and ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in circuits capable of delivering short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere
Rating
Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current
Rating
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC,
Maximum)
Manufacturer Type Circuit Breaker Rating
(Amperes Maximum)
400 42 480 Square D CJH 600
400 50 480 Square D HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 150
400 50 480 Square D JG, JJ, JL, JR 250
400 50 480 Square D LG, LA, LH 400
400 50 480 Square D CJL 600
400 65 480 Square D LC, LE, LI, LJ, LL 600
400 65 480 Square D LR, LX, LXI 600
400 50 480 Eaton LA TRI PACK 400
400 50 480 Eaton CK400N 400
400 50 480 Eaton LGS 600
400 65 480 Eaton JDC, HJD 250
400 65 480 Eaton CHKD, HKD, KDC 400
400 65 480 Eaton CK400H, DK 400
400 65 480 Eaton CHLD, LDC, LGC, CLDC 600
400 65 480 Eaton LGH, LGU, LGX, HLD 600
400 35 480 GE/ABB S5N 400
400 42 480 GE/ABB S5H, TB4, TBC6 400
400 50 480 GE/ABB TBC4, THLC4, TLB4 400
400 50 480 GE/ABB TB6 600
400 65 480 GE/ABB FGH, FGL, FGN 600
400 65 480 GE/ABB FGP , SGL, SGP 600
400 65 480 GE/ABB TBC6, TJL1S, TJL4V 600
400 65 480 Siemens CJD6, HHJD6 400
400 65 480 Siemens HJXD6, HHJXD6 400
400 65 480 Siemens HJD6, HLMD6 400
400 65 480 Siemens SCJD6, SHJD6 400
963
7 OF 7
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Transfer Switch
Part No. A0000974572
Rev. A 08/11/20
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P .O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2020 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
SPECIFIC BREAKER LIST
TX611 Series Switches Covered:
400A up to 480V (Continued)
Specific Circuit Breaker Manufacturer and Type Listing (Continued) When protected by a circuit breaker of the specific manufacturer, type, and ampere rating as marked below, this transfer switch is suitable for use in circuits capable of delivering short-circuit current at the maximum voltage marked.
Switch Ampere
Rating
Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current
Rating
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC,
Maximum)
Manufacturer Type Circuit Breaker Rating
(Amperes Maximum)
400 65 480 Siemens 3VA64_6 400
400 65 480 Siemens CLD6, HHLD6 600
400 65 480 Siemens HLD6, HLXD6 600
400 65 480 Siemens SHLD6 600
Any Breaker (3 Cycle) Withstand and Closing Rating
When protected by a circuit breaker, this transfer switch is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering the short-circuit current for the maximum time duration and voltage marked below. The circuit breaker must include an instantaneous trip response unless the available short-circuit current is less than or equal to the short-time rating of the transfer switch and the circuit breaker includes a short-time trip response. The maximum clearing time of the instantaneous trip response must be less than or equal to the time duration shown for the marked short-circuit current. When protected by a circuit breaker with a short-time trip response, the short-time response of the circuit breaker must be coordinated with the short-time current rating of the transfer switch as marked below.
Switch Ampere Rating Transfer Switch Short-Circuit Current Rating (RMS Symmetrical Amperes x 1,000)
Voltage
(Volts AC, Maximum)
Time Duration
(Sec, Maximum)
400 35 480 0.050
964
965
966
967
968
4 3 2 1
4 3 1
A
B
A
B
331.0
[13.03]
STUB-UP
557.0
[21.93]
STUB-UP
331.0
[13.03]
STUB-UP
1346.1
[53.00]
673.1
[26.50] 116.9
[4.60]
143.6
[5.65]
59.2 [2.33]DIM
'A'
2850.0 [112.20]
3455.0 [136.02]
41.6 [1.64]
25.2 [0.99]
1177 [46] TYP
1532 [60]
1477 [58]
1402 [55]
25.0 [0.98]
1296.1
[51.03]
1346.1
[53.00]
100.0 [3.94]
TYP
914.0 [35.98] TYP
1532.2 [60.32]
1727.5 [68.01] TYP
2541.0 [100.04] TYP
3355.0 [132.09] TYP
49.6 [1.95]
TYP
1247.0
[49.09]
STUB-UP
200.6 [7.90]
248.6 [9.79] TYP
323.6 [12.74] TYP
20.6 [0.81] HOLES
10 PLACES
TOP & BOTTOM
20.6 [0.81] HOLES
10 PLACES
BOTTOM
(SEE NOTE 1)
493.5
[19.43]
STUB-UP
300.6
[11.83]
TANK P/N 0J11540ST03 * 0J12210ST03 0J12640ST03
DIM 'A' 330 [13} 635 [25] 940 [37]
TOTAL TANK CAPACITY 741 [196] 1706 [451] 2672 [706]
USABLE TANK CAPACITY 693 [183] 1659 [438] 2624 [693]
DRY WEIGHT [EST] 430 [948] 572 [1260] 724 [1596]
I/N TANK FITTING FUNCTION
1 3/8" NPT COUPLING FUEL RETURN
2 2" NPT WELD FLANGE FUEL FILL
3 FUEL LEVEL
4 3/8" NPT COUPLING FUEL SUPPLY
5 4" NPT WELD FLANGE EMERGENCY VENT (OUTER)
6 2" NPT WELD FLANGE VENT
7 4" NPT WELD FLANGE EMERGENCY VENT (INNER)
8 3/4" NPT COUPLING DRAIN
9 22 MM HOLE LEAK DETECTOR
TITLE
INSTALL F-GROUP BASETANKS G12
ISSUE DATE: 02/10/11
SIZE CAGE NO DWG NO
0J4222
REV
B N/A K
SCALE 0.050 WT-KG SHEET 1 of 2
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS OWNS THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING
WHICH IS SUPPLIED IN CONFIDENCE AND MUST NOT BE USED FOR
ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN FOR WHICH IT IS SUPPLIED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS.
c GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS 2013
ELECTRONICALLY APPROVED
INSIDE WINDCHILL
DRAWING CREATED FROM PRO/ENGINEER
3D FILE. ECO MODIFICATION TO BE
APPLIED TO SOLID MODEL ONLY.
SH 1/2 REV K WINDCHILL VERSION K.2
CAPACITY SHOWN: LITER [GALLONS]
WEIGHT SHOWN: KILOGRAMS [POUNDS]
LENGTH SHOWN: MM [INCH]
UL #142 LISTED
NOTES:
1. MOUNTING BOLTS OR STUDS FOR MOUNTING BASETANK TO
CONCRETE PAD SHALL BE 3/4-10 GRADE 5. (USE STANDARD
SAE TORQUE SPECS.)
2. SEE SHEET 2 FOR TANK DEPTH CHARTS
3. *TANK MEETS MINIMUM OF 130% SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
LOW VOLTAGE STUB-UP
HIGH VOLTAGE STUB-UP
ULC-S601 LISTED
8 5
9 1
2 346
7 969
4 3 2 1
4 3 1
A
B
A
B
DRAWING CREATED FROM PRO/ENGINEER
3D FILE. ECO MODIFICATION TO BE
APPLIED TO SOLID MODEL ONLY.
TITLE
INSTALL F-GROUP BASETANKS G12
ISSUE DATE: 02/10/11
SIZE CAGE NO DWG NO
0J4222
REV
B N/A K
SCALE 0.050 WT-KG SHEET 2 of 2
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS OWNS THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING
WHICH IS SUPPLIED IN CONFIDENCE AND MUST NOT BE USED FOR
ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN FOR WHICH IT IS SUPPLIED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS.
c GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS 2013
ELECTRONICALLY APPROVED
INSIDE WINDCHILL
SH 2/2 REV K WINDCHILL VERSION K.2
183G F-GROUP BASETANK (P/N: 0J11540ST03)
DEPTH: INCHES U.S GALLONS NOTES
8.26 196 TOTAL TANK CAPACITY
8 191
7.34 183 USABLE TANK CAPACITY
7 170
6 148
5 127
4 106
3 85
2 63
1 42
0 21
438G F-GROUP BASETANK (P/N: 0J12210ST03)
DEPTH: INCHES U.S GALLONS NOTES
20.23 451 TOTAL TANK CAPACITY
20 446
19.62 438 USABLE TANK CAPACITY
19 425
18 404
17 382
16 361
15 340
14 319
13 297
12 276
11 255
10 234
9 212
693G F-GROUP BASETANK (P/N: 0J12640ST03)
DEPTH: INCHES U.S GALLONS NOTES
32.23 706 TOTAL TANK CAPACITY
32 701
31.62 693 USABLE TANK CAPACITY
31 680
30 659
29 637
28 616
27 595
26 574
25 552
24 531
23 510
22 489
21 467
NOTE: ROUNDED TO NEAREST GALLON
970
350 [13.78]20 [0.79]
"A"
20 [0.79]
"C"
"B"
>@>@
"F""E""L""L"
3R COVERON 3RUNITS ONLY
"D"
"N""P"
"M""H" "K""K"
"G"
DESCRIPTIONHEIGHT"A"HEIGHT"B"WIDTH"C"DEPTH"D"DIM"E"DIM"F"DIM"G"DIM"H"DIM"J"DIM"K"DIM"L" WEIGHT1305 DIM"M"DIM"N"DIM"P"ALL DIMENSION ARE: mm [inches] ID TX SWITCH NON SERVICE ENTRANCE 3-POLE 300-400AA0000430688 (DRAWING: A0000561085)NOT TO SCALE [51.38]1205[47.46]614[24.16]305[12.00]355[13.99]246[9.70]292[11.50]516[20.30]377[14.84]331[13.05]59[2.32]59[2.32]166[6.52]84[3.32]79kg173.8lbs81kg178.2lbs "J"
1305[51.38]1205[47.46]614[24.16]246[9.70]292[11.50]516[20.30] 166[6.52]377[14.84]331[13.05]59[2.32]59[2.32]166[6.52]84[3.32]166[6.52] "L"
400A NON SER NEMA 1400A NON SER NEMA 3R1305[51.38]1205[47.46]614[24.16]355[13.99]246[9.70]292[11.50]516[20.30]377[14.84]331[13.05]59[2.32]59[2.32]166[6.52]84[3.32]79kg173.8lbs81kg178.2lbs1305[51.38]1205[47.46]614[24.16]246[9.70]292[11.50]516[20.30] 166[6.52]377[14.84]331[13.05]59[2.32]59[2.32]166[6.52]84[3.32]166[6.52] 300A NON SER NEMA 1300A NON SER NEMA 3R
REVISION: DREVISION DATE: 10/06/2020
305[12.00]
971
CT1 CT2 CT3
MLCB MLCB
NBNB
COMPONENTS LOCATED IN ALTERNATOR CONNECTION BOX
IFT
EXC
COMPONENTS LOCATED IN HIGH VOLTAGE CUSTOMER CONNECTION MODULE
CONNECTIONS
FOR 1Ø UNIT
CONNECTIONS
FOR 3Ø UNIT
IFT
TB5
COMPONENTS LOCATED IN HIGH VOLTAGE CUSTOMER CONNECTION MODULE
RUN RELAY
TB4
125A
RECEPTACLE
240VGFCI
LOAD CENTER
GROUP G
WIRING - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9867
REVISION: H-9136-D
DATE: 6/8/11
GROUP G
WIRING - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9867
REVISION: H-9136-D
DATE: 6/8/11
972
RB3A
RB3
TB1
*
*
TB2
COMPONENTS LOCATED ON LOW VOLTAGE CUSTOMER CONNECTION PANEL F4
F3
F2
F1
CO
CO
CO
CO
AVR
RB1
SWC
TB3
SWC
SW1
ES1
AH1
CB
SWC
RB1A
COMPONENTS LOCATED IN CONTROL PANEL
R1
DB
COM
MOD
RB2
RB2A
CO SWC
GROUP G
WIRING - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9867
REVISION: H-9136-D
DATE: 6/8/11
GROUP G
WIRING - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9867
REVISION: H-9136-D
DATE: 6/8/11
973
GND
SWC
SM
ALT
COMPONENTS LOCATED ON ENGINE
BCC
BCH
BCC CO
EDC
CAND
SC
CO
LD FLS1 WLS1
CO
FLS
WLS
COMPONENTS LOCATED ON ENGINE
GROUP G
WIRING - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9867
REVISION: H-9136-D
DATE: 6/8/11
GROUP G
WIRING - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9867
REVISION: H-9136-D
DATE: 6/8/11
974
WLS1 FLS1 LD
WLS
FLS
EDC
CAND
RB3
SC
ST
MLCB
ALTSM
BAT
BAT
CT1
CT2 CT3
CT2
CT1
IFT IFT
BCH
GROUP G
SCHEMATIC - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9868
REVISION: -A-
DATE: 7/9/10
GROUP G
SCHEMATIC - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9868
REVISION: -A-
DATE: 7/9/10
975
ES1
AVR
F
CB
R1
DB
COM
AH1
SW1
RB1
MOD
RB2
BCH
AVR CONNECTOR
J1 J2
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTIONS
CAND CONNECTOR
EDC CONNECTOR
GROUP G
SCHEMATIC - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9868
REVISION: -A-
DATE: 7/9/10
GROUP G
SCHEMATIC - DIAGRAM
D8.7L/D10.3L/D12.9L G17 24V
DRAWING #: 0H9868
REVISION: -A-
DATE: 7/9/10
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
1 OF 2
H-PANEL CONTROL INTERCONNECTIONS
Part No. 0191120SSD
Rev. G 08/15/23
GENERATOR CONTROLS
Notes:
1. Spare Outputs are Standard on Industrial
Product Only. GenLink® Required for
Programming. Contacts Rated at 5A
at 30VAC/30VDC
2. TB4 Max Wire Size: #10 AWG,
Recommended Tightening Torque: 14 LB-IN
3. TB1, TB2, TB9 & RB3 Max Wire Size: #14 AWG,
Recommended Tightening Torque: 12 LB-IN
4. Refer to H-Panel Manual for Instructions on
Enabling HTS Transfer Switch. Refer to HTS
Transfer Switch Manual for Dip Switch Settings
for Multiple HTS Application
5. Connect the RS-485 Overall Shield at Genset
Connection Terminal Only
Note 5
High Voltage Connection Panel
RB3
TB1 TB2
TB4 Note 2
120/240 VAC
Utility Supply
(by Customer)
125A Load Center
Verify Component
Ratings for Proper
Supply Voltage to
Be Provided
Low Voltage Connection Panel
Note 5
Spare Outputs Notes 1 & 3 Note 3
Note 3
GTS Transfer Switch
RAP/RRP
HTS Transfer Switch
Note 4
GTS or HTS Transfer Switch
985
2 OF 2
H-PANEL CONTROL INTERCONNECTIONS
Part No. 0191120SSD
Rev. G 08/15/23
GENERATOR CONTROLS
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2023 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
GENERATOR CONTROLS
Low Voltage Connection Panel
Spare Outputs Notes 1 & 3
TB1
Note 3
TX Transfer Switch
REMOTE
START
FROM
POWER
LINE
POWER
ATS
GEN
X Y
2 1
3 0
183
5 4
6 7
9 8
10 11
12 RS485+
RS485-
COMM
PORT
SHLD
CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS
FUSED
DC
X Y
2 1
3 5
4 6
7 8
ENGINE
RUNGND
TB2
Note 3
3 1
2 6
7 4
5 9
10 8
12 11
PCB
RELAY
3 54
6 12COM
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
COM
NC
NO
RB3
AUX 4 AUX 3 AUX 2 AUX 1
RAP/RRP
RS485+
RS485-
RS485 (SHLD)
DC SUPPLY +
DC SUPPLY -
FAULT COM-J3-2
N/C-J3-1
FAULT NC-J3-3
PROG OUT COM-J3-5
2WS NO-J3-9
2WS COM-J3-8
PROG OUTNO-J3-7
PROG OUT NC-J3-6
FAULT NO-J3-4
2WS NC-J3-10
SB4T1 NO-J3-12
SB4T2 COM-J3-13
SB4T1 COM-J3-11
SB4T2 NO-J3-14
12-24VDC (+)-J3-15
12-24VDC (-)-J3-16
IN.1 12-24VDC (+)J25-2
IN.2 12-24VDC (+)J25-4
IN.2 COM (-)J25-3
IN.1 COM (-)J25-1
RS485 ISO (-)-A-J13-1
RS485 ISO (+)-B-J13-2
RS485-ISO-GND-J13-3
GND J29-1
RS485 (-)-A-J11-1
RS485 (+)-B-J11-2
RS485-GND-J11-3
TX Tranfser Switch
986
Left Right
Front
Back
RADIATOR END
GENERATOR END
Pos 1
Pos 2
Pos 3
Pos 4
GENERATOR CONTROLS
1 OF 1
Part No. 0188460SSD
Rev. B 05/18/15
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2015 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
LEVEL 2 ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE
SD275 10.3L IVECO
Notes: 1. All positions 23 ft (7M) from side faces of generator set.
2. Generator operating at full load.
3. Test conducted on a 100 foot diameter asphault surface.
4. Non-enclosed sets do not include exhaust sound during testing.
Measured Sound Levels - 60 Hz
76.8 76.4 75.4
72.4 66
68 70
72 74
76 78
80 82
84 86
4321 Position Number
dB (A) @ 7 Meters
Actual Average
Avg. 75.2 dBA
987
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2023 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Part No. A0003896667
Rev. A 1/3/23
STATEMENT OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS
2023 FPT Diesel Fueled Generator
EMISSION DATA
1 OF 1
• The stated values are actual exhaust emission test measurements obtained from an engine representative of the type described above. • Values based on 5-Mode testing are official data of record as submitted to regulatory agencies for certification purposes. Testing was conducted in accordance with prevailing EPA protocol, which is typically accepted by SCAQMD and other regional authorities. • No emissions values provided above are to be construed as guarantees of emission levels for any given Generac generator unit. • Generac Power Systems, Inc. reserves the right to revise this information without prior notice. • Consult state and local regulatory agencies for specific permitting requirements. • The emission performance data supplied by the equipment manufacturer is only one element required toward completion of the permitting and installation process. State and local regulations may vary on a case-by-case basis and local agencies must be consulted by the permit application/equipment owner prior to equipment purchase or installation. The data supplied herein by Generac Power Systems Inc. cannot be construed as a guarantee of installability of the generating set.
CO NOx + NMHC PM
1.3 3.80 0.11 Grams/kW-hr
0.97 2.83 0.08 Grams/bhp-hr
CO NOx + NMHC PM
0.98 3.3 0.02 Grams/kW-hr
0.73 2.46 0.01 Grams/bhp-hr
*Engine power are declared by the engine manufacturer of record and the U.S EPA.
Generator Model: SD275 EPA Certificate Number: PFPXL10.3TR3-032 kWe Rating: 275 CARB Certificate Number: Not Applicable Engine Family: PFPXL10.3TR3 SCAQMD CEP Number: 511713
Engine Model: F3AE9685A-E Emission Standard Category: Tier 3 Rated Engine Power (BHP)*: 449 Certification Type: Stationary Emergency CI (40 CFR Part 60 Subpart IIII)Fuel Consumption (gal/hr)*: 22.1 Aspiration: Turbocharged/Aftercooled
Rated RPM: 1,800
The measured emissions values provided here are proprietary to Generac and it’s authorized dealers. This information may only be disseminated upon request to regulatory governmental bodies for emissions permitting purposes or to specifying organizations as submittal data when expressly required by project specifications, and shall remain confidential and not open to public viewing. This information is not intended for compilation or sales purposes and may not be used as such, nor may it be reproduced without the expressed written permission of Generac Power Systems, Inc.. The data provided shall not be meant to include information made public by Generac.
These Values are 100% Load Data Exhaust Emissions Results.
Emissions Based on Engine Power of Specific Engine Model These Values are Actual Composite Weighted Exhaust Emissions Results Over the EPA 5-Mode Test Cycle
988
Part No. 0184520SSD
Rev. B 03/01/12
Generac Power Systems, Inc. | P.O. Box 8 | Waukesha, WI 53187 P: (262) 544-4811 © 2015 Generac Power Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Certification of Quality
Generac Power Systems certifies that the products we manufacture have been built and tested in accordance with strict internal and external standards for quality. Our quality management system has been registered with the internationally recognized ISO 9001:2008 standard and our products comply with external standards that include, but are not limited to, CSA, NEMA, EGSA, ISO, and UL.
The Generac Quality Management System (GQMS) ensures the highest standards of quality at every level of production, from raw materials to the finished product. This includes receiving inspection, in-process checks, product and process audits, testing, final inspections, and shipping standards.
Tests of our products are performed in accordance with our internal procedures and controlled through the GQMS to ensure accuracy and effectiveness. The testing process and product designs comply with external standards which may include, but are not limited to: ISO 8528-5, ISO 3046, NFPA 99, NFPA 110, BS 5514, SAE J1349, and DIN 6271.
Generac Power Systems has over one million square feet of manufacturing space and over 2000 employees dedicated to designing and manufacturing power generation equipment in our multiple State of Wisconsin, USA factories. All of our installed and mobile generators are built with pride by our skilled American workforce to ensure our customers receive the quality that they expect from Generac.
We are committed to producing quality products for both our internal and external customers. We will continuously improve our processes and diligently measure all aspects of our business.
Vice President of Quality
Generac Power Systems, Inc.
Waukesha, Wisconsin USA
Daniel Waschow
989
Generac Power Systems 2 Year (2B) Limited Warranty for Industrial Transfer Switch Systems
For the period of warranty noted below, which begins upon the successful start-up and/or on-line activation/registration of the unit, Generac Power Systems, Inc. “Generac” warrants that its transfer switch will be free from defects in material and workmanship for the items and period set forth below. Generac will, at its discretion, repair or replace any part(s) which, upon evaluation, inspection and testing by Generac or an Independent Authorized Service Dealer, is found to be defective. Any equipment that the purchaser/owner claims to be defective must be evaluated by the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer.
Guidelines:
The following will NOT be covered by this warranty:
THIS WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. SPECIFICALLY, GENERAC MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHICH ARE ALLOWED BY LAW, SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE TERMS OF THE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY PROVIDED HEREIN. SOME JURISDICTIONS D O NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. GENERAC'S ONLY LIABILITY SHALL BE THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF PART(S) AS STATED ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL GENERAC BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF SUCH DAMAGES ARE A DIRECT RESULT OF GENERAC’S NEGLIGENCE. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS. YOU COULD ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.
FOR AUSTRALIA ONLY: Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and for compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure.
FOR NEW ZEALAND ONLY: Nothing in this warranty statement excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty right or remedy which pursuant to the New Zealand Legislation (Commonwealth or State) including the Fair Trading Practices Act of 1986 or the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 (“CGA”) applies to this limited warranty and may not be so excluded, restricted or modified. Nothing in this statement is intended to have the effect of contracting out of the provisions of the CGA, except to the extent permitted by that Act, and these terms are to be modified to the extent necessary to give effect to that intention. If you acquire goods from Generac Power Systems or any of its authorized resellers and distributors for the purposes of a business, then pursuant to section 43(2) of the CGA, it is agreed that the provisions of the CGA do not apply.
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • P .O. BOX 8 • Waukesha, WI, USA 53187 Ph: (888) GENERAC (436-3722) • Fax: (262) 544-4851
To locate the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer and to download schematics, exploded views and parts lists visit our website: www.generac.com
Part No. 0J4302 Revision H (4/21)
Warranty Coverage in Year(s): 1 Warranty Coverage in Year(s): 2 Parts, Labor and Limited Travel Limited Parts Only
1. Unit must be registered and proof of purchase available.
2. Any and all warranty repairs and/or concerns must be performed and/or addressed by an Independent Authorized Service
Dealer, or branch thereof. Repairs or diagnostics performed by individuals other than Independent Authorized Service Dealers not authorized in writing by Generac will not be covered.
3. Warranty is transferable between ownership of original installation site.
4. Generac may choose to repair, replace or refund a piece of equipment in its sole discretion.
5. Warranty only applies to permanently wired and mounted units.
6. Enclosures are warranted for the first year of ownership only.
Damage caused after receipt of generator is the responsibility of the owner and is not covered by this warranty. Nicks, scrapes, dents or scratches to the painted enclosure should be repaired promptly by the owner.
7. Proof of performance of all required maintenance must be available.
8. Travel allowance is limited to 300 miles maximum or seven and a half (7.5) hours maximum (per occurrence, whichever is less) round trip from the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer. Any additional travel required will not be covered.
1. Costs of normal maintenance (i.e. associated part(s), adjustments, installation or start-up).
2. Damage to the transfer switch system caused by accidents, shipping, handling or improper storage.
3. Damage/failures caused by operation with loads or installations other than what’s recommended or specified by Generac.
Unauthorized modification/misapplication will not be warranted unless authorized by Generac in writing.
4. Rental equipment used while warranty repairs are being performed and/or any extraordinary equipment used for removal and/or reinstallation of transfer switch (i.e. cranes, hoists, lifts, et. al.).
5. Planes, ferries, railroad, buses, helicopters, snowmobiles, snow- cats, off-road vehicles or any other mode of transport deemed not standard by Generac.
6. Failures due to normal wear and tear, accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, improper installation, or improper sizing.
7. Damage to any covered components or consequential damages caused by the use of a non-OEM part will not be covered by this warranty.
8. Damage related to rodent, reptile, and/or insect infestation.
9. Repairs or diagnostics performed by individuals other than Independent Authorized Service Dealers not authorized in writing by Generac.
10. Steel enclosures that rust as a result of improper installation, location in a harsh or salt water environment, or are scratched where the integrity of applied paint is compromised.
11. Fuses, light bulbs and any related labor.
12. Units sold, rated or used for “Prime Power,” “Trailer Mounted” or “Rental Unit” applications as defined by Generac. Contact an Independent Authorized Service Dealer for definitions.
13. Failures caused by any act of God or external cause including without limitation, fire, theft, freezing, war, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, water, tornado, hurricane, or any other matters which are reasonably beyond the manufacturer’s control.
14. Shipping costs associated with expedited shipping.
15. Any incidental, consequential or indirect damages caused by defects in materials or workmanship, or any delay in repair or replacement of the defective part(s).
16. Any unit built/manufactured prior to 2014 models.
17. Overtime, holiday or emergency labor.
18. Living or travel expenses of person(s) performing service, except as specifically included within the terms of a specific unit warranty period.
990
Garantía limitada de 2 años (2B) de Generac Power Systems para interruptores de transferencia industriales
Para el periodo de garantía que se indica a continuación y que comienza a partir de la fecha en la que la unidad se ponga en marcha de manera correcta y/o se active/registre online, Generac Power Systems, Inc. “Generac” garantiza que este interruptor de transferencia está libre de todo defecto en material y mano de obra para los elementos y periodo de tiempo que se indican a continuación. Generac, según su propio criterio, reparará o sustituirá cualquier componente o componentes que, una vez evaluados, inspeccionados y probados por Generac, o por un servicio técnico autorizado independiente, se consideren defectuosos. Cualquier equipo que el comprador/propietario reclame como defectuoso deberá ser evaluado por el servicio técnico autorizado independiente más cercano.
Directrices:
Esta garantía NO cubrirá los siguientes aspectos:
ESTA GARANTÍA SUSTITUYE CUALQUIER OTRA GARANTÍA, EXPRESA O IMPLÍCITA. ESPECÍFICAMENTE, GENERAC NO OFRECE NINGUNA OTRA GARANTÍA EN CUANTO A LA COMERCIALIZACIÓN O IDONEIDAD PARA UN PROPÓSITO PARTICULAR. CUALQUIER GARANTÍA IMPLÍCITA PERMITIDA POR LA LEY TENDRÁ UNA VIGENCIA LIMITADA A LOS TÉRMINOS DE LA GARANTÍA EXPRESA AQUÍ INCLUIDOS. ALGUNAS JURISDICCIONES NO PERMITEN LIMITACIONES DE LA DURACIÓN DE UNA GARANTÍA IMPLÍCITA; POR LO TANTO, LA LIMITACIÓN PRECEDENTE PUEDE NO APLICARSE A USTED. LA ÚNICA RESPONSABILIDAD DE GENERAC SERÁ LA REPARACIÓN O SUSTITUCIÓN DEL COMPONENTE O COMPONENTES ARRIBA INDICADOS. EN NINGÚN CASO GENERAC SERÁ RESPONSABLE DE NINGÚN DAÑO INCIDENTAL O CONSECUENTE, INCLUSO SI TALES DAÑOS SON RESULTADO DIRECTO DE UNA NEGLIGENCIA DE GENERAC. ALGUNAS JURISDICCIONES NO PERMITEN LA EXCLUSIÓN O LIMITACIÓN DE DAÑOS ACCESORIOS O EMERGENTES, DE MANERA QUE LA LIMITACIÓN PRECEDENTE PUEDE NO APLICARSE A USTED. ESTA GARANTÍA LE CONCEDE DERECHOS LEGALES ESPECÍFICOS. USTED PUEDE CONTAR CON OTROS DERECHOS QUE LE OTORGAN LAS LEYES VIGENTES.
SÓLO PARA AUSTRALIA: Nuestros productos se presentan con garantías que no se pueden excluir en virtud de la Ley del Consumidor de Australia.
Usted tiene derecho a un reemplazo o sustitución por una avería grave y a una compensación por cualquier otro daño o pérdida razonablemente previsible. Asimismo, también tiene derecho a la reparación o sustitución de los productos si estos no cumplen con la calidad aceptable y si la avería no constituye una avería importante.
SÓLO PARA NUEVA ZELANDA: Nada en esta declaración de garantía excluye, restringe o modifica ninguna condición, derecho de garantía o remedio que de conformidad con la legislación de Nueva Zelanda (Commonwealth o Estado), incluyendo la Ley sobre Prácticas de Comercio Justo de 1986 o la Ley de Garantías del Consumidor de 1993 ("CGA" por sus siglas en inglés), se aplique a esta garantía limitada y no puede ser así excluida, restringida o modificada. Nada en esta declaración se prevé que tenga el efecto de renuncia de las cláusulas de la CGA, excepto en la medida que así lo permita dicha Ley, y estos términos se modificarán en la medida que sea necesario para dar efecto a tal intención. Si adquiere productos de Generac Power Systems, o de cualquiera de sus revendedores o distribuidores autorizados con fines empresariales, entonces, de conformidad con el artículo 43(2) de la CGA, se acuerda que no se apliquen las cláusulas de la CGA.
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • P .O. BOX 8 • Waukesha, WI, EE.UU. 53187 Tel.: (888) GENERAC (436-3722) • Fax: (262) 544-4851
Para localizar el distribuidor autorizado independiente más cercano y para descargar los esquemas, vistas ampliadas y listas de componentes, visite nuestro sitio web: www.generac.com
N.º de pieza 0J4302SP Revisión H (4/21)
Cobertura de la garantía en año(s): 1 Cobertura de la garantía en año(s): 2 Piezas, mano de obra y desplazamiento limitado Piezas limitadas solamente
1. La unidad debe estar registrada y tener prueba de compra disponible.
2. Sean cuales sean los tipos de problemas y reparaciones de la garantía, deben ser efectuados y/o dirigidos por un
concesionario de servicio autorizado independiente, o una sucursal de este. Las reparaciones o los diagnósticos
efectuados por personas diferentes de los concesionarios de servicio autorizados independientes, y que no estén autorizados por escrito por Generac, no serán cubiertos.
3. La garantía es transferible entre el propietario del sitio de la instalación original.
4. Generac puede elegir reparar, sustituir una pieza del equipo o reembolsar el dinero correspondiente a su exclusivo criterio.
5. La garantía solamente se aplica a las unidades montadas y conectadas de manera permanente.
6. Los gabinetes tienen garantía durante el primer año de propiedad solamente. El daño causado después de la
recepción del generador es responsabilidad del comprador y no está cubierto por esta garantía. Las muescas, raspaduras, abolladuras o ralladuras del gabinete pintado deben ser reparadas inmediatamente por el propietario.
7. Debe tener disponible una prueba de ejecución de todas las tareas de mantenimiento requeridas.
8. Los gastos de desplazamiento están limitados a un máximo de 482.8 Km (300 millas) o a un tiempo máximo de siete horas y media (7 .5) (por ocurrencia, lo que sea menos costoso) por viaje de ida y vuelta desde el servicio técnico independiente autorizado más cercano. Cualquier otro gasto de
desplazamiento no está cubierto por la garantía.
1. Los costos del mantenimiento normal (es decir, pieza(s) relacionada(s), ajustes, instalación o puesta en marcha).
2. Los daños en el interruptor de transferencia ocasionados por accidentes, durante el envío, la manipulación o el
almacenamiento incorrecto del mismo.
3. Los daños/fallas causados por la operación con cargas o instalaciones diferentes a las recomendadas o especificadas por Generac. Las modificaciones o aplicaciones inadecuadas no autorizadas no estarán cubiertas por la garantía a menos que Generac lo autorice por escrito.
4. El equipo alquilado utilizado mientras se lleven a cabo reparaciones cubiertas por la garantía y/o cualquier equipo extraordinario utilizado para realizar los traslados y/o reinstalaciones del interruptor de transferencia (es decir, grúas, montacargas, elevadores y otros).
5. Los daños en aviones, barcos, carreteras, autobuses, helicópteros, vehículos para la nieve, tractores para la nieve, vehículos todoterreno o cualquier otro medio de transporte considerado no estándar por Generac.
6. Las fallas debidas a desgaste y deterioro normal, accidente, uso indebido, abuso, negligencia, instalación incorrecta o
dimensionamiento incorrecto.
7. Los daños causados en cualquiera de los componentes
cubiertos por esta garantía o los daños derivados del uso de piezas que no sean originales no están cubiertos por esta garantía.
8. Los daños causados por plagas de roedores, reptiles y/o insectos.
9. Las reparaciones o los diagnósticos efectuados por personas diferentes de los concesionarios de servicio autorizados independientes, y que no estén autorizados por escrito por Generac.
10. Los gabinetes de acero que se oxidan debido a una instalación incorrecta, ubicación en entornos con condiciones difíciles o de agua salada, o que están rayados en algún lugar en el que la integridad de la pintura aplicada se pueda ver afectada.
11. Los fusibles, bombillas y cualquier trabajo relacionado con los mismos.
12. Las unidades vendidas, usadas o clasificadas para aplicaciones de “Alimentación eléctrica principal”, “Montada en remolque” o “Unidad en alquiler” tal y como las define Generac. Contacte con un servicio técnico independiente autorizado para obtener las definiciones.
13. Las averías provocadas por cualquier acto de fuerza mayor, o causa externa, incluyendo entre otros, incendios, robos, congelación, guerras, relámpagos, terremotos, vendavales, granizo, agua, tornados, huracanes, o cualquier otro motivo que se escape del control del fabricante.
14. Los gastos de envío asociados a envíos rápidos.
15. Cualquier daño accidental, consecuente o indirecto provocado por defectos en el material o la mano de obra, o cualquier daño en la reparación o sustitución del o de los componentes defectuosos.
16. Cualquier unidad diseñada/fabricada antes de los modelos del 2014.
17. La mano de obra en situaciones de emergencia, festivos y horas extraordinarias.
18. Los gastos de viaje y estadía de la/las persona(s) que realizan el servicio, salvo que estén incluidos específicamente en los términos de un determinado periodo de la garantía de la unidad.
991
Garantie limitée de 2 ans (2B) de Generac Power Systems des systèmes de commutateur de transfert
Pour la période de garantie mentionnée ci-dessous, qui débute lors du démarrage et/ou de l’activation/enregistrement en ligne de l’appareil, Generac Power Systems, Inc. « Generac » garantit que son commutateur de transfert sera exempt de défauts de matériaux et de fabrication pour les articles et la période indiqués ci-dessous. Generac, à son entière discrétion, réparera ou remplacera toute pièce dont le défaut a été établi, après évaluation, inspection et contrôle par Generac ou par un concessionnaire de service agréé indépendant. Tout équipement jugé défectueux par l’acheteur/le propriétaire devra être vérifié par le concessionnaire réparateur indépendant agréé le plus proche.
Directives :
Les éléments suivants NE seront PAS couverts par cette garantie :
CETTE GARANTIE REMPLACE TOUTES LES AUTRES GARANTIES, EXPRESSES OU IMPLICITES. SPÉCIFIQUEMENT, GENERAC N’EFFECTUE AUCUNE AUTRE GARANTIE QUANT À LA VALEUR MARCHANDE OU L’ADAPTATION À UN USAGE PARTICULIER. TOUTES LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES QUI SONT PERMISES PAR LA LOI SERONT LIMITÉES DANS LE TEMPS À LA DURÉE DE LA GARANTIE LIMITÉE EXPRESSE FOURNIE AUX PRÉSENTES. LES LOIS APPLICABLES INTERDISANT PARFOIS LES LIMITATIONS SUR LA DURÉE DES GARANTIES IMPLICITES, LA LIMITATION CI-DESSUS PEUT NE PAS S’APPLIQUER À VOTRE CAS. LA SEULE RESPONSABILITÉ DE GENERAC SERA DE RÉPARER OU DE REMPLACER LA (LES) PIÈCE(S) COMME IL EST INDIQUÉ CI-DESSUS. GENERAC NE SERA EN AUCUN CAS RESPONSABLE DES DOMMAGES INDIRECTS OU CONSÉCUTIFS, MÊME SI CES DOMMAGES SONT UNE CONSÉQUENCE DIRECTE DE LA NÉGLIGENCE DE LA PART DE GENERAC. LES LOIS APPLICABLES INTERDISANT PARFOIS L’EXCLUSION OU LA LIMITATION DES DOMMAGES INDIRECTS OU CONSÉCUTIFS, LA LIMITATION CI-DESSUS PEUT NE PAS S’APPLIQUER À VOTRE CAS. CETTE GARANTIE VOUS CONFÈRE DES DROITS PRÉCIS, RECONNUS PAR LA LOI. VOUS POURRIEZ AUSSI AVOIR D’AUTRES DROITS EN VERTU DE LA LOI EN VIGUEUR.
POUR L’AUSTRALIE SEULEMENT: Nos produits sont offerts avec des garanties qui ne peuvent pas être exclues en vertu de la loi sur la protection des consommateurs de l’Australie. Vous avez droit à un remplacement ou un remboursement pour toute défaillance majeure et à une compensation pour les autres pertes et dommages raisonnablement prévisibles. Vous avez aussi droit à ce que les produits soient réparés ou remplacés s’ils ne répondent pas à des critères de qualité acceptables et si la défaillance n'est pas un défaillance majeure.
POUR LA NOUVELLE-ZÉLANDE SEULEMENT: Rien dans cette déclaration de garantie n’exclut, ne restreint ni modifie toute condition, droit de garantie ou recours qui, en vertu de la législation de la Nouvelle-Zélande (Commonwealth ou d’État), y compris la loi sur les pratiques commerciales équitables de 1986 ou la loi sur la protection du consommateur de 1993 (« LPC »), s’appliquent à cette garantie limitée et ne peuvent pas être exclus, restreints ou modifiés. Rien dans cette déclaration n'est conçu pour avoir comme effet d’externaliser les dispositions de la LPC, à l’exception de ce qui est permis par cette loi, et ces conditions doivent être modifiées dans la mesure nécessaire pour donner effet à cette intention. Si vous achetez des produits Generac Power Systems ou d’un de ses revendeurs ou distributeurs autorisés pour des besoins commerciaux, en vertu de la section 43(2) de la LPC, il est entendu que les dispositions de la LPC ne s’appliquent pas.
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • P.O. BOX 8 • Waukesha, WI, USA 53187 Tél. : (888) GENERAC (436-3722) • Fax : (262) 544-4851 Pour trouver le concessionnaire réparateur indépendant le plus proche et pour télécharger les schémas, les vues éclatées et les listes de pièces, visitez notre site Web : www.generac.com
Pièce n° 0J4302FR Révision H (4/21)
Couverture de garantie en année(s) : 1 Couverture de garantie en année(s) : 2 Pièces, main-d’œuvre et déplacement limité Limitée sur les pièces uniquement
1. Le groupe électrogène doit être enregistré et une preuve d’achat doit être fournie.
2. Les réparations ou les questions touchant à la garantie doivent être confiées ou communiquées à un concessionnaire réparateur indépendant agréé. Les réparations ou les diagnostics effectués par d’autres personnes qu’un concessionnaire réparateur indépendant agréé, non autorisés par écrit par Generac, ne seront pas couverts.
3. Cette garantie est transférable entre propriétaires du lieu d’installation d’origine.
4. Generac décidera, à son entière discrétion, de réparer, de remplacer ou de rembourser toute pièce dont le défaut a été établi.
5. Cette garantie s’applique uniquement aux groupes électrogènes fixes et câblés en permanence.
6. Les enceintes sont garanties pendant la première année de possession seulement. Les dommages subis après la réception du générateur relèvent de la responsabilité du propriétaire et ne sont pas couverts par cette garantie. Les éraflures, les marques superficielles, les rayures ou les bosses sur l’enveloppe peinte doivent être réparées sans délai par le propriétaire.
7. Une preuve de l’entretien obligatoire ayant été effectué doit être fournie.
8. L’allocation de déplacement est limitée à un aller-retour de 480 km et de sept heures et demie (7,5) maximum (par cas, le moindre des deux prévalant) à partir du concessionnaire réparateur indépendant agréé le plus proche. Les déplacements supplémentaires requis ne seront pas couverts.
1. Les coûts d’entretien normal (c.-à-d., pièce(s) connexe(s), réglages, installation ou mise en route).
2. Les dommages au commutateur de transfert causés par : un accident, l’expédition, la manutention, ou un mauvais
entreposage.
3. Les dommages/les défaillances causés par : l’utilisation de charges ou des installations non recommandées ou non indiqués par Generac. Les modifications/mauvaises utilisations non autorisées ne seront pas couvertes par cette garantie, sauf autorisation écrite de Generac.
4. Le matériel de location utilisé pendant les réparations de garantie ou tout équipement spécial utilisé pour le retrait ou la réinstallation du commutateur de transfert (c.-à-d., grues, treuils, appareils de levage, etc.).
5. Les avions, les traversiers, les trains, les autobus, les hélicoptères, les motoneiges, les autoneiges, les véhicules hors route et tout autre moyen de transport jugés comme étant non standard par Generac.
6. Les défectuosités causés par : l’usure normale, un accident, une mauvaise utilisation, une utilisation abusive, une négligence, une mauvaise installation, un mauvais dimensionnement.
7. Cette garantie ne couvre pas les dommages causés par l’utilisation de pièces non d’origine, y compris les dommages consécutifs subis par une pièce sous garantie.
8. Les dommages causés par une infestation d’insectes ou de rongeurs.
9. Les réparations ou les diagnostics effectués par d’autres personnes qu’un concessionnaire réparateur indépendant, non autorisés par écrit par Generac.
10. Les enveloppes de protection en acier attaquées par la rouille en raison d’une mauvaise installation; installées dans un milieu agressif ou salin; qui ont subies des rayures compromettant l’intégrité de la couche de peinture.
11. Les fusibles, les ampoules et la main-d’œuvre connexe.
12. Les appareils vendus, classés ou utilisés pour des utilisations « source principale d’alimentation», « monté sur remorque » ou « unité de location », tel que défini par Generac. Informez-vous auprès d’un concessionnaire réparateur indépendant agréé au sujet des définitions.
13. Les défaillances causées par une catastrophe naturelle ou une cause externe, y compris sans s’y limiter, un incendie, un vol, un gel, une guerre, la foudre, un tremblement de terre, une tempête de vent, la grêle, l’eau, une tornade, un ouragan ou autres circonstances étant à juste titre indépendantes de la volonté du fabricant.
14. Les frais d’expédition associés à l’expédition accélérée.
15. Tout dommage consécutif ou indirect causé par des défauts de matériaux ou de fabrication, ou tout retard de réparation ou de remplacement de la (des) pièce(s) défectueuse(s).
16. Tout groupe électrogène fabriqué avant les modèles 2014.
17. Les heures supplémentaires, les congés et la main-d’œuvre d’urgence.
18. Les frais de subsistance ou de déplacement des personnes qui effectuent la réparation, sauf s’ils sont expressément prévus dans les conditions de période de garantie d’un groupe électrogène particulier.
992
Generac Power Systems 2 Year (2B) Limited Warranty for
Industrial Standby Generators
For the period of warranty noted below, which begins upon the successful start-up and/or on-line activation of the unit, Genera c Power Systems, Inc. “Generac” warrants that its Generator will be free from defects in material and workmanship for the items and period set forth below. Generac will, at its discretion, repair or replace any part(s) which, upon evaluation, inspection and testing by Generac or an Independent Authorized Service Dealer, is found to be defective. Any equipment that the purchaser/owner claims to be defective must be evaluated by the neares t Independent Authorized Service Dealer. Emissions components are excluded from coverage under this extended warranty. Emissions warranty coverage is detailed in a separate emissions warranty.
Warranty Coverage: Warranty coverage period is for Two (2) years or two-thousand (2,000) hours, whichever occurs first.
Limited Gearbox Coverage:
Guidelines:
The following will NOT be covered by this warranty:
THIS WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSE D OR IMPLIED. SPECIFICALLY, GENERAC MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHICH ARE ALLOWED BY LAW, SHALL BE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE TERMS OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY PROVIDED HEREIN. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. GENERAC'S ONLY LIABILITY SHALL BE THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF PART(S) AS STATED ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL GENERAC BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF SUCH DAMAGES ARE A DIRECT RESULT OF GENERAC’S NEGLIGENCE. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQ UENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. TH IS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGH TS. YOU ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.
FOR AUSTRALIA ONLY: Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian C onsumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and for compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure.
FOR NEW ZEALAND ONLY: Nothing in this warranty statement excludes, restricts or modifies any condition, warranty right or remed y which pursuant to the New Zealand Legislation (Com monwealth or State) including the Fair Trading Practices Act of 1986 or the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 (“CGA”) applies to this limited warranty and may not be so exc luded, restricted or modified. Nothing in this statement is intended to have the effect of contracting out of the provisions of the CGA, except to the extent permitted by that Act, and these terms are to be m odified to the extent necessary to give effect to that intention. If you acquire goods from Generac Power Systems or any of its authorized resellers and distributors for the purposes of a business, then pursuant to section 43(2) of the CGA, it is agreed that the provisions of the CGA do not apply.
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • P.O. BOX 8 • Waukesha, WI, USA 53187 Ph: (888) GENERAC (436-3722) • Fax: (262) 544-4851
To locate the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer and to download schematics, exploded views and parts lists visit our website: www.generac.com
Part No. 0K3486 Revision E (2/16)
Warranty Coverage in Year(s): 1 Warranty Coverage in Year(s): 2 Parts, Labor and Limited Travel Limited Parts Only
Year(s): 1-5 Coverage Year(s): 6-10 Coverage
Limited Parts and Labor Limited Parts Only
1. Unit must be registered and proof of purchase available.
2. Any and all warranty repairs and/or concerns must be performed and/or addressed by an Independent Authorized Service
De
aler, or branch thereof. Repairs or diagnostics performed by individuals other than Independent Authorized Service Dealers n
ot authorized in writing by Generac will not be covered.
3. This Warranty is transferable between ownership of original install site.
4. Generac supplied engine coolant heaters (block-heaters), heater controls and circulating pumps are only covered during the first year of the warranty provision.
5. Generac may choose to repair, replace or refund a piece of equipment in its sole discretion.
6. Enclosures are warranted against rust for the first year of ownership only. Damage caused after receipt of generator is the responsibility of the owner and is not covered by this warranty.
Nicks, scrapes, dents or scratches to the painted enclosure should be repaired promptly by the owner.
7. Warranty only applies to permanently wired and mounted units.
8. Damage to any covered components or consequential damages caused by the use of a non-OEM part will not be covered by the warranty.
9. Proof of performance of all required maintenance must be available.
10. Travel allowance is limited to 300 miles maximum and seven and one half (7.5) hours maximum (per occurrence, whichever is less) round trip from the nearest Independent Authorized Service Dealer. Any additional travel required will not be covered.
11. Engines, driven components and fuel tanks used in Generac’s sta
ndby power products system can carry a separate
manufacturer’s (OEM) warranty (the “OEM Warranties”), unless otherwise expressly stated. OEM Warranties are in addition to this Warranty. All warranty claims for defects in material and/or workmanship on Generac product OEM components, may be
directed through the OEM distributor/dealer network. OEM Warranties may vary and are subject to change. Generac shall have no liability under OEM warranties.
1. Costs of normal maintenance (i.e. tune-ups, associated part(s), adjustments, loose/leaking clamps, installation and start-up).
2. Damage/failures to the generator and/or transfer switch system caused by accidents, shipping, handling, or improper storage.
3. Damage/failures caused by operation with improper fuels, speeds, loads or installations other than what’s recommended or specified by Generac Power Systems.
4. Damage to the generator and/or transfer switch due to the use of non-Generac parts and/or equipment, contaminated fuels, oils, coolants/antifreeze or lack of proper fuels, oil or coolants/ antifreeze.
5. Failures due to normal wear and tear, accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, improper installation, improper sizing, or rodent, reptile, and/or insect infestation.
6. Rental equipment used while warranty repairs are being performed and/or any extraordinary equipment used for removal and/or reinstallation of generator (i.e. cranes, hoists, lifts, et. al.).
7. Planes, ferries, railroad, buses, helicopters, snowmobiles, snow- cats, off-road vehicles or any other mode of transport deemed not standard by Generac.
8. Products that are modified or altered in a manner not authorized by Generac in writing.
9. Starting batteries, fuses, light bulbs, engine fluids and any rel
ated labor.
10. Steel enclosures that rust as a result of improper installation, location in a harsh or salt water environment, or are scratched where the integrity of applied paint is compromised.
11. Units sold, rated or used for "Prime Power", "Trailer Mounted" or "Rental Unit" applications as defined by Generac. Contact an Independent Authorized Service Dealer for definitions.
12. Shipping costs associated with expedited shipping.
13. Additional costs for overtime, holiday or emergency labor costs for repairs outside of normal business hours.
14. Any incidental, consequential or indirect damages caused by def
ects in materials or workmanship, or any delay in repair or replacement of the defective part(s).
15. Failures caused by any act of God or external cause including without limitation, fire, theft, freezing, war, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, water, tornado, hurricane, or any other matters which are reasonably beyond the manufacturer’s control. 993
Garantía limitada de 2 años (2B) de Generac Power Systems para los generadores de respaldo industriales
Durante el período de garantía indicado abajo, que comienza desde la puesta en marcha y/o activación exitosa en línea de la uni dad, Generac Power Systems, Inc. “Generac” garantiza que generador estará libre de defectos de material y/o mano de obra para los ítems y el período indicados a continuación.
Generac, a su discreción, reparará o sustituirá cualquier pieza o piezas que, por medio de la evaluación, inspección y prueba e fectuada por Generac o un Concesionario de servicio autorizado independiente de Generac, se determine que es o son defectuosa(s). Todo equipo que el comp rador o propietario reclame como defectuoso debe ser evaluado por el Concesionario de servicio autorizado independiente de Generac más cercano. Los componentes relacionados con emisiones están excluidos de la cobertura bajo esta garantía extendida. La cobertura de la ga rantía de emisiones se detalla por separado en una garantía de emisiones.
Cobertura de la garantía: El período de cobertura de la garantía es de dos (2) años o dos mil (2000) horas, lo que ocurra primero.
Cobertura limitada sobre la caja de engranajes:
Directrices:
Lo siguiente NO será cubierto por esta garantía:
ESTA GARANTÍA SUSTITUYE CUALQUIER OTRA GARANTÍA, EXPRESA O IMPLÍCITA. ESPECÍFICAMENTE, GENERAC NO EXTIENDE NINGUNA OTRA GARANTÍA ACERCA DE LA COMERCIALIZACIÓN O APTITUD PARA UN PROPÓSITO EN PARTICULAR. LA DURACIÓN DE TODAS LAS GARANTÍAS IMPLÍCITAS PERMITIDAS POR LA LEY ESTARÁ LIMITADA A LAS CONDICIONES DE LA GARANTÍA EXPRESA ESTIPULADA EN LA PRESENTE. ALGUNAS JURISDICCIONES NO PERMITEN LIMITACIONES DE LA DURACIÓN DE UNA GARANTÍA IMPLÍCITA; POR LO TANTO, LA LIMITACIÓN PRECEDENTE PUEDE NO APLICARSE A USTED. LA ÚNICA RESPONSABILIDAD DE GENERAC SERÁ REPARAR O SUSTITUIR LA(S) PIEZA(S) COMO SE ESTIPULÓ PRECEDENTEMENTE. GENERAC NO SERÁ RESPONSABLE EN NINGÚN CASO POR NINGÚN DAÑO ACCESORIO O EMERGENTE, AUN CUANDO TAL DAÑO SEA RESULTADO DIRECTO DE LA NEGLIGENCIA DE GENERAC. ALGUNAS JURISDICCIONES NO PERMITEN LA EXCLUSIÓN O LIMITACIÓN DE DAÑOS ACCESORIOS O EMERGENTES, DE MANERA QUE LA LIMITACIÓN PRECEDENTE PUEDE NO APLICARSE A USTED. ESTA GARANTÍA LE OTORGA DERECHOS LEGALES ESPECÍFICOS. TAMBIÉN TIENE OTROS DERECHOS BAJO LA LEY CORRESPONDIENTE.
SOLO PARA AUSTRALIA: Nuestros productos se entregan con garantías que no pueden ser excluidas según la Australian Consumer Law (Ley australiana de consumidores). Usted tiene derecho a sustitución o reembolso por un fallo mayor y a compensación por cualquier otra pérdida o d año razonable previsible.
Usted también tiene derecho a que los bienes sean reparados o sustituidos si los bienes no son de calidad aceptable y la falla no llega a ser un fallo mayor.
SOLO PARA NUEVA ZELANDA: Nada de esta declaración de garantía excluye, restringe o modifica ninguna condición, derecho de garan tía o solución que, conforme a la legislación de Nueva Zelanda (Comunidad o Estado), incluso la Fair Trading Practices Act (Ley de transacciones co merciales justas) de 1986 o la Consumer Guarantees Act (Ley de garantías de los consumidores, “CGA”) de 1993, se aplique a esta garantía limitada y por lo tan to no puede ser sometida a exclusiones, restricciones o modificaciones. Nada de esta declaración tiene el propósito de tener efecto de contratar fuera de las previsiones de la CGA, excepto con el alcance permitido por la ley y estos términos se deben modificar con el alcance necesario para hacer efectiva esta intención. Si adquiere bienes de Generac Power Systems o alguno de sus revendedores y distribuidores autorizados con propósitos comerciales, entonces, conforme a la sección 43(2) de la CGA, se acuerda que no se aplican las previsiones de la CGA.
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • P.O. BOX 8 • Waukesha, WI 53187, EE. UU.
Tel.: (888) GENERAC (436-3722) • Fax: (262) 544-4851
Para ubicar el Concesionario de servicio autorizado independiente más cercano y descargar diagramas esquemáticos, despieces y l istas de piezas visite nuestro sitio Web: www.generac.com
Núm. de pieza 0K3486 Revisión E (02/16)
Cobertura de la garantía en el o los año(s): 1 Cobertura de la garantía en el o los año(s): 2 Sobre piezas, mano de obra y gastos de viaje limitados Limitada solo sobre piezas Año(s) de cobertura: 1-5 Cobertura Año(s) de cobertura: 6-10 Cobertura Limitada sobre piezas y mano de obra Limitada solo sobre piezas
1. La unidad debe estar registrada y tener prueba de compra disponible.
2. Cualquiera y todas las reparaciones y/o preocupaciones por garantía deben ser efectuadas y/o dirigidas por un Concesionario de servicio autorizado independiente de Generac, o una sucursal de este. No serán cubiertas las reparaciones o los diagnósticos efectuados por personas diferentes de los Concesionarios de servicio autorizados independientes de Generac no autorizados por escrito por Generac.
3. Esta garantía es transferible entre propietarios del sitio de instalación original.
4. Los calentadores de refrigerante de motor (calentadores de bloque), los controles del calentador y las bombas de circulación suministrados por Generac solo están cubiertos durante el primer año de prestación de la garantía.
5. Generac puede elegir reparar, sustituir o reembolsar una pieza del equipo a su exclusiva discreción.
6. Los gabinetes están garantizados contra corrosión solamente durante el primer año de propiedad. El daño causado después de la recepción del generador es responsabilidad del comprador y no está cubierto por esta garantía. Las muescas, raspaduras, abolladuras o rayaduras de gabinete pintado deben ser reparadas sin demora por el propietario.
7. La garantía corresponde solamente a las unidades conectadas y montadas en forma permanente.
8. Los daños a cualquier componente o los daños emergentes causados por el uso de una pieza que no sea OEM no estarán cubiertos por la garantía.
9. Debe haber disponible prueba de la ejecución de todo el mantenimiento requerido.
10. Las asignaciones para viaje están limitadas a 300 millas como máximo y siete horas y media (7.5) horas como máximo (por ocurrencia, lo que sea menor), viaje de ida y vuelta, desde el Concesionario de servicio autorizado independiente de Generac más cercano. Todo gasto de viaje adicional requerido no será cubierto.
11. Los motores, los componentes accionados y los tanques de combustible usados en los productos de respaldo de Generac pueden llevar una garantía de fabricante (OEM) separada (las “Garantías de OEM”), a menos que se estipule expresamente lo contrario. Las garantías de OEM son un agregado a esta garantía.
Todos los reclamos de garantía por defectos de material y/o mano de obra en los componentes OEM del producto Generac, pueden ser dirigidos a través de la red de distribuidores/concesionarios OEM.
Las garantías de OEM pueden variar y están sujetas a cambios.
Generac no tendrá responsabilidad bajo las garantías de OEM.
1. Costes del mantenimiento normal (es decir: afinaciones, pieza[s] relacionada[s], ajustes, abrazaderas sueltas o con fugas, instalación y puesta en marcha).
2. Daños/fallos del sistema de generador y/o interruptor de transferencia causados por accidentes, envío, manipulación, o almacenamiento incorrecto.
3. Los daños/fallos causados por la operación con combustibles, velocidades, cargas, o instalaciones incorrectas diferentes de las recomendadas o especificadas por Generac Power Systems.
4. Los daños al generador y/o el interruptor de transferencia debidos al uso de piezas y/o equipos que no sean de Generac; combustibles, aceites, refrigerantes/anticongelantes contaminados; o falta de combustibles, aceites, refrigerantes/anticongelantes apropiados.
5. Fallos debidos a: desgaste y daño normal, accidente, uso indebido, abuso, negligencia, instalación incorrecta, dimensionamiento incorrecto, o plagas de roedores y/o insectos.
6. Equipos arrendados usados mientras se llevan a cabo reparaciones de garantía y/o todos los equipos extraordinarios usados para retirar y/o reinstalar el generador, (esto es: grúas, malacates, elevadores, etc.).
7. Aeronaves, transbordadores, ferrocarril, autobuses, helicópteros, motocicletas para nieve, camiones para nieve, vehículos fuera de ruta o cualquier otro modo de transporte no considerado estándar por Generac.
8. Productos que se modifiquen o alteren en forma no autorizada por Generac por escrito.
9. Baterías de arranque, fusibles, bombillas de luz, fluidos para el motor y mano de obra relacionada.
10. Los gabinetes de acero que se corroen debido a instalación incorrecta, ubicación en un entorno agresivo o con agua salada, o se rayen donde esté comprometida la integridad de la pintura aplicada.
11. Las unidades vendidas, calificadas para, o usadas en aplicaciones de “Alimentación eléctrica principal”, “Montada en remolque” o “Unidad en alquiler” como las define Generac. Comuníquese con un Concesionario de servicio autorizado independiente para las definiciones.
12. Costes de envío asociados con envío urgente.
13. Costes adicionales por horas extra y feriados o los costes de mano de obra de emergencia por reparaciones fuera del horario de trabajo normal.
14. Todos los daños accesorios, emergentes o indirectos causados por defectos en los materiales o mano de obra o toda demora en la reparación o sustitución de la(s) pieza(s) defectuosa(s).
15. Los fallos causados por cualquier acto de fuerza mayor o causa externa, que incluyen, sin limitaciones, incendio, robo, congelamiento, guerra, rayos, terremoto, tormenta de viento, granizo, agua, tornado, huracán, o cualesquiera otros asuntos que estén fuera del control razonable del fabricante.
994
Garantie limitée de 2 ans (2B) de Generac Power Systems sur les générateurs de secours industriels
Pendant la période de garantie mentionnée ci-bas, qui débute dès le démarrage réussi de l’appareil ou l’activation en ligne de l’appareil, Generac Power Systems, Inc. (Generac) garantit que son générateur sera exempt de vices de matériaux et fabrication en ce qui concerne les éléments et la période indiqués ci-dessous. À sa seule discrétion, Generac réparera ou remplacera toute pièce qui est jugée défectueuse après l’évaluation, l’inspection et la mise à l’essai par Generac ou un fournisseur de services d’ entretien agréé indépendant. Tout équipement que l’acheteur/propr iétaire prétend être défectueux doit être évalué par le fournisseur de se rvices d’entretien agréé indépendant le plus près. Les composantes relatives aux émissions ne sont pas couvertes en vertu de la présente garantie. La couverture des compos antes relatives aux émissions est détaillée dans une garantie distincte.
Couverture de la garantie : La période de garantie est de deux (2) ans ou de deux mille (2000) heures, selon la première éventualité.
Couverture limitée de la boîte à engrenages :
Lignes directrices :
Les éléments suivants ne seront PAS couverts par la présente garantie :
LA PRÉSENTE GARANTIE REMPLACE TOUTES LES AUTRES GARANTIES, EXPLICITES OU IMPLICITES. EN PARTICULIER, GENERAC N’OFFRE AUCUNE AUTRE GARANTIE QUANT À LA QUALITÉ MARCHANDE OU À LA CONVENANCE À UN USAGE PARTICULIER. TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE AUTORISÉE PAR LA LOI SERA LIMITÉE À LA DURÉE DE LA PÉRIODE DE LA PRÉSENTE GARANTIE EXPLICITE. CERTAINS ÉTATS OU PROVINCES NE PERMETTENT PAS LES LIMITATIONS SUR LA DURÉE D’UNE GARANTIE IMPLICITE ET, PAR CONSÉQUENT, LA PRÉSENTE LIMITATION PEUT NE PAS S’APPLIQUER. L A RESPONSABILITÉ DE GENERAC SE LIMITERA À LA RÉPARATION OU AU REMPLACEMENT DES PIÈCES, COMME INDIQUÉ PRÉCÉDEMMENT. EN AUCUN CAS GENERAC NE POURRA ÊTRE TENUE RESPONSABLE DE DOMMAGES ACCESSOIRES OU SUBSÉQUENTS, MÊME SI LES DOMMAGES RÉSULTENT DIRECTEMENT DE LA NÉGLIGENCE DE GENERAC. CERTAINS ÉTATS OU PROVINCES N’AUTORISENT PAS L’EXCLUSION NI LA LIMITATION DES DOMMAGES ACCESSOIRES OU INDIRECTS ET, PAR CONSÉQUENT, LA LIMITATION ÉNONCÉE CI-DESSUS PEUT NE PAS S’APPLIQUER. CETTE GARANTIE VOUS CONFÈRE DES DROITS LÉGAUX PRÉCIS. VOUS POUVEZ ÉGALEMENT JOUIR D’AUTRES DROITS EN VERTU DES LOIS APPLICABLES.
POUR L’AUSTRALIE UNIQUEMENT : Nos produits sont fournis avec des garanties qui ne peuvent être exclues en vertu de la loi austr alienne sur la consommation (Australian Consumer Law). Vous avez droit à un remplacement ou à un remboursement pour une défaillance majeure et à une indemnisation pour toute autre perte ou tout dommage raisonnablement prévisible. Vous disposez également d’un droit à la réparation ou au remplacement si les produits ne sont pas d’une qualité acceptable et si cette défaillance n’est pas considérée comme majeure.
POUR LA NOUVELLE-ZÉLANDE UNIQUEMENT : Cette garantie n’exclut, ne restreint ni ne modifie aucune condition, aucun droit de gara ntie ou recours qui, conformément à la législation de Nouvelle-Zélande (Commonwealth ou État), y compris la loi sur la pratique commerciale loyale de 1986 (Fair Trading Practices Act) ou la loi sur la protection du consommateur de 1993 (CGA ou Consumer Guarantees Act), s’applique à cette garantie limitée et ne peut pas être exclue, restreinte ou modifiée. Cette garantie ne vise en aucun cas à contourner les dispositions de la CGA, sauf dans la mesure permise par cette loi, et ces termes doivent être modifiés dans la mesure nécessaire pour donner effet à cette intention. Si vous faites l’acquisition d’un produit de Generac Power Systems ou d’un de ses distributeurs et revendeurs autorisés à des fins commerciales, alors, conformément à l’article 43(2) de la CGA, il est convenu que les dispositions de la CGA ne s’appliquent pas.
GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • C.P. 8 • Waukesha, WI (É.-U.) 53187 Téléphone : (888) GENERAC (436-3722) • Télécopieur : (262) 544-4851 Pour trouver le fournisseur de services d’entretien agréé indépendant le plus près et pour télécharger les schémas, les vues éclatées et les listes de pièces visitez notre site Web : www.generac.com
Pièce no 0K3486 Révision E (2/16)
Période de garantie : 1 Période de garantie : 2
Pièces, main-d’œuvre et couverture limitée des déplacements Couverture limitée – pièces seulement Période : couverture de 1 à 5 ans Période : couverture de 6 à 10 ans Couverture limitée – pièces et main-d’œuvre Couverture limitée – pièces seulement
1. L’appareil doit être enregistré et la preuve d’achat doit être présentée sur demande.
2. Toute réparation sous garantie doit être effectuée par un fournisseur de services d’entretien agréé indépendant ou l’une de ses succursales, et toute préoccupation doit être également traitée par un fournisseur de services d’entretien agréé indépendant de Generac ou l’une de ses succursales. Toute réparation ou évaluation effectuée par des personnes autres que des fournisseurs de services d’entretien agréés indépendants qui n’a pas été autorisée par écrit par Generac ne sera pas couverte.
3. La présente garantie est transférable conjointement à la propriété du site d’installation d’origine.
4. Les chaufferettes à liquide de refroidissement du moteur (chauffe- moteur), les commandes de chauffage et les pompes de circulation fournies par Generac ne sont couvertes que pendant la première année de la période de garantie.
5. Generac peut choisir, à sa seule discrétion, de réparer, de remplacer ou de rembourser une pièce d’équipement.
6. Les boîtiers sont garantis contre la rouille pendant la première année de possession seulement. Les dommages causés après la réception du générateur sont la responsabilité du propriétaire et ne sont pas couverts par la présente garantie. Les entailles, éraflures, bosses ou égratignures au boîtier peint doivent être réparées sans délai par le propriétaire.
7. La garantie s’applique uniquement aux appareils montés et câblés en permanence.
8. Aucun dommage ou dommage indirect à toute pièce couverte découlant de l’utilisation de pièces non fabriquées par un fabricant d’équipement d’origine ne sera couvert par la garantie.
9. Une preuve d’exécution de tous les travaux d’entretien requis doit être présentée sur demande.
10. La présente garantie couvre les déplacements aller-retour d’un maximum de 480 km (300 miles) et de sept heures et demie (7,5) (par déplacement, selon le moindre des deux) à partir du fournisseur de services d’entretien agréé indépendant le plus près. Tout déplacement supplémentaire requis ne sera pas couvert.
11. Les moteurs, les pièces d’entraînement et les réservoirs de carburant utilisés dans les systèmes d’alimentation de secours de Generac peuvent être protégés au titre de la garantie d’un fabricant d’équipement distinct (les « garanties des fabricants d’équipement d’origine »), sauf indication expresse à l’effet contraire. Les garanties des fabricants d’équipement d’origine s’ajoutent à la présente garantie. Toute réclamation au titre de la garantie pour vices de matériaux ou de fabrication de pièces d’un fabricant d’équipement d’origine sur un produit Generac peut être faite auprès du distributeur ou du réseau de fournisseurs de ce fabricant d’équipement d’origine. Les garanties des fabricants d’équipement d’origine peuvent varier et faire l’objet de modifications. Generac n’a aucune responsabilité découlant des garanties offertes par les fabricants d’équipement d’origine.
1. Les coûts d’entretien normal (c’est-à-dire mises au point, réglages de pièces associées, ajustements, resserrage de fixations, installation et démarrage).
2. Les dommages ou défaillances du générateur et/ou du commutateur de transfert causés par un accident, le transport, la manutention ou un entreposage inadéquat.
3. Les dommages/défaillances causés par l’utilisation de carburants inappropriés ou l’utilisation à des vitesses, avec des charges ou selon une installation autres que ce qui est recommandé ou spécifié par Generac Power Systems.
4. Les dommages au générateur et/ou au commutateur de transfert causés par l’utilisation de pièces ou d’équipement non fabriqués par Generac, de carburant, d’huile, de liquide de refroidissement et d’antigel contaminé ou encore du manque de carburant, d’huile, de liquide de refroidissement et d’antigel.
5. Les défaillances causées par l’usure normale, un accident, une utilisation inappropriée, une utilisation abusive, une négligence, une installation inadéquate, un dimensionnement inadéquat ou une infestation de rongeurs, de reptiles ou d’insectes.
6. L’équipement de location utilisé pendant que des réparations sous garantie sont effectuées et/ou tout équipement extraordinaire utilisé pour retirer ou réinstaller le générateur (c’est-à-dire grues, appareils de levage, élévateurs, etc.).
7. Les avions, les traversiers, les trains, les autobus, les hélicoptères, les motoneiges, les dameuses, les véhicules hors route ou tout autre moyen de transport jugé non standard par Generac.
8. Les produits modifiés ou altérés d’une manière qui n’a pas été autorisée par écrit par Generac.
9. Les batteries de démarrage, les fusibles, les ampoules électriques, les fluides de moteur et toute main-d’œuvre connexe.
10. Les boîtiers en acier qui rouillent en raison d’une installation inadéquate, d’une installation dans un environnement difficile ou salin ou d’égratignures qui compromettent l’intégrité de la peinture appliquée sur le boîtier.
11. Les appareils vendus, cotés ou utilisés selon les applications suivantes, telles qu’elles sont définies par Generac : « puissance électrique de base », « monté sur remorque » ou « unité de location ». Veuillez communiquer avec un fournisseur de services d’entretien agréé indépendant pour obtenir les définitions.
12. Les coûts d’expédition liés à l’expédition accélérée.
13. Les coûts supplémentaires liés aux heures supplémentaires, aux jours fériés ou aux services d’urgence pour toute réparation effectuée en dehors des heures normales de bureau.
14. Tout dommage accessoire, subséquent ou indirect causé par un défaut de matériau et de fabrication ou par tout retard dans la réparation ou le remplacement de pièces défectueuses.
15. Les défaillances causées par un cas de force majeure ou une cause externe y compris, sans toutefois s’y limiter, le feu, le vol, le gel, la guerre, la foudre, un tremblement de terre, une tempête, la grêle, la pluie, une tornade, un ouragan ou toute autre situation raisonnablement hors du contrôle du fabricant.
995
996
997
998
ideas engineered | visions realized
GENERAC DIESEL & BI-FUEL GENERATORS
GENERAC / OLYMPIAN GAS GENERATORS
SPECIAL SEISMIC CERTIFICATION
Buehler Project No. 2017-0460.00
March 1, 2020
Generac and Olympian Gas Generators and Generac Die sel and Bi-Fuel Generators (listed in Table 1) are seismically certified in accordance wi th the 2018 International Building Code (IBC), 2019 California Building Code (CBC), and American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, ASCE 7-16. This product line is also in process of obtaining preapproval in accordance with PIN 55: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) Special Seismic Certification Preapproval (OSP-0282-10).
The basis of this seismic certification is through successful tri-axial shake table testing at the US Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory ( Report 2012-0211.00), Curtiss-Wright QualTech NP testing lab (Report Q1218.0 – Rev 2 and amendment dated 09/12/2019), and University of Buffalo testing lab, SEESL (Report No : UB CSEE/SEESL-2019-05 Rev2), and the analytic evaluation by Buehler Engineering, Inc. T he shake table testing and operability tests were conducted in accordance with ICC-ES AC 156 (2018).
Units are qualified for seismic applications when properly installed utilizing a rigid base mounted configuration, used as intended and located in the United States where the “design 5 percent damped spectral response acceleration at short peri ods adjusted for site class effects”, S DS , is less than or equal to values in Table 1. Below grade, at grade, or above grade installati ons are permitted and included in this certification. This certification may be valid for additional SDS levels where the height factor, z/h, is less than listed i n Table 1 . This certification is valid for a component importance factor, I P, of 1.0 or 1.5.
For anchorage requirements, refer to the manufactur er supplied installation instructions for seismic applications. Anchorage requirement details such as brand, type, embedment, edge spacing, anchor spacing, support structure strength , special inspection, and attachment to building and non-building structures must be outlined and approved by the Structural Engineer of Record (SEOR) for the project or building. Structural floors and housekeeping pads must also be designed to resist seismic forces and approved by SEOR. The installing contractor is responsible for the proper installation of units, observing and complying with the mounting requirements, and any additional requirements outlined by the SEOR.
This certification applies only to the manufacture model numbers noted herein, and further limited to the internal components certified by qualified s hake table testing. For additional information, refer to the supplemental analysis report.
Submitted:
Scott R. Hooker
President
For Buehler Engineering, Inc.
Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, AS CE 7-16. This product line is also preapproved in accordance with PIN 55: Office of St atewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) Special Seismic Certification Preapproval (OSP-0282-10), dated 04/08/2020.
April 20, 2020
999
Special Seismic Certification
IBC Approval
Generac Diesel AND
Bi-Fuel Generator Product Line
Table 1A. Diesel and Bi-Fuel Generator Certified Product Matrix SDS = 1.50g @ z/h = 1.0 F P / Wp = 3.38 SDS = 1.60g @ z/h = 0.68 F P / Wp = 2.83
SDS = 1.60g @ z/h = 0.0 F P / Wp = 1.20
H W L
SD35 35 1147 950 1930
SD40 40 1147 950 1930
SD50 50 1147 950 1930
SD60 60 1250 1016 2360
SD80 80 1250 1016 2360
SD100 100 1313 1016 2795
SD125/130 130 1313 1016 2795
SD150 150 1453 1262 2960
SD175 175 1453 1262 2960
SD200 200 1467 1357 3250
SD230 230 1467 1357 3250
SD250 250 1467 1357 3250
SD275
1 275 1723 1463 3455
SD3001
300 1723 1463 3455
SD3501 350 1723 1463 3455
1. Available in Prime Modular (MPS) configuration (MD vs SD). See Nomenclature.
2. Available in Bi-Fuel configuration (SB vs SD). See Nomenclature.
H W L H W L H W L
SD35 35 1258 965 2409 1258 965 2857 1574 965 2409
SD40 40 1258 965 2409 1258 965 2857 1574 965 2409
SD50 50 1258 965 2409 1258 965 2857 1574 965 2409
SD60 60 1427 1028 2840 1427 1028 3287 1742 1028 2840
SD80 80 1427 1028 2840 1427 1028 3287 1742 1028 2840
SD100 100 1627 1028 3371 1627 1028 3915 2054 1028 3671
SD125/130 130 1627 1028 3371 1627 1028 3915 2054 1028 3671 SD150 150 1732 1280 3633 1732 1280 4279 2330 1280 3633
SD175 175 1732 1280 3633 1732 1280 4279 2330 1280 3633
SD200 200 1770 1371 3923 1770 1371 4569 2372 1371 3923
SD230 230 1770 1371 3923 1770 1371 4569 2372 1371 3923
SD250 250 1770 1371 3923 1770 1371 4569 2372 1371 3923
SD275
1 275 1977 1463 4439 1977 1463 5084 2726 1463 4588
SD3001
300 1977 1463 4439 1977 1463 5084 2726 1463 4588
SD3501 350 1977 1463 4439 1977 1463 5084 2726 1463 4588
1. Available in Prime Modular (MPS) configuration (MD vs SD). See Nomenclature.
2. Available in Bi-Fuel configuration (SB vs SD). See Nomenclature.
Operating weight does not include weight of tank and tank contents.
Operating Weight
(lbs)
OPEN SET
STD Enclosure
Unit Dimensions
(mm)
Unit Dimensions
1,850
Operating
Weight (lbs)
1,850
1,850
2,425
3,545
6,400
3,980
3,980
5,816
5,816
4,845
4,845
4,054
4,465
2,875
4,054
2,850
2,850
2,312
Operating
Weight (lbs)
2,875
4,295
2,413
2,413
Level 1A Enclosure
Unit Dimensions
Model
Number
2 Kw
Rating
Model
Number2
Kw
Rating
2,312
2,312
2,425
3,545
4,465
4,465
2,413
7,405
8,0847,109
6,430
5,720
7,405
5,230
5,720
5,720
5,230
4,295
6,430
5,416
5,416
5,416
4,545
9,050
8,380
8,380
7,200
7,200
7,200
5,430
5,430
4,545
2,498
Unit Dimensions Operating Weight
(lbs)
Level 2A Enclosure
3,050
3,050
2,498
2,498
1000
Special Seismic Certification
IBC Approval
Generac/Olympian
Gas Generator Product Line
Table 1B. Gas Generator Certified Product Matrix SDS = 2.44g @ z/h = 0.0 F P / Wp = 1.83 H W L H W L Steel Alum H W L Steel Alum
SG0035*G541 35 1176 950 1930 1258 965 2409 2,100 1,864 1258 965 2857 - 1,877 SG0035*G541 35 1176 950 1930 1258 965 2409 2,100 1,864 1258 965 2857 2,179 1,877 SG0035*G451 35 1128 946 1983 1461 965 2409 2,172 1,904 1461 965 2409 2,268 1,999 SG0040*G541 40 1176 950 1930 1258 965 2409 2,100 1,864 1258 965 2857 2,179 1,877 SG0040*G451 40 1128 946 1983 1461 965 2409 2,172 1,904 1461 965 2409 2,268 1,999 SG0045*G541 45 1176 950 1930 1258 965 2409 2,100 1,864 1258 965 2857 2,179 1,877 SG0045*G451 45 1128 946 1983 1461 965 2409 2,172 1,904 1461 965 2409 2,268 1,999 SG0050*G541 50 1176 950 1930 1258 965 2409 2,100 1,864 1258 965 2857 2,179 1,877 SG0050*G451 50 1128 946 1983 1461 965 2409 2,172 1,904 1461 965 2409 2,268 1,999 SG0050*G681 50 1191 1016 2360 1406 1016 2840 2,370 2,199 1406 1016 3287 2,590 2,377 SG0060*G451 60 1170 1016 2365 1779 1028 2839 2,315 2,144 1779 1028 2839 2,535 2,276 SG0060*G681 60 1191 1016 2360 1406 1016 2840 2,370 2,133 1406 1016 3287 2,590 2,331 SG0070*G451 70 1170 1016 2365 1779 1028 2839 2,315 2,144 1779 1028 2839 2,535 2,276 SG0070*G681
70 1191 1016 2360 1406 1016 2840 2,370 2,133 1406 1016 3287 2,590 2,331 SG0080*G451 80 1170 1016 2365 1779 1028 2839 2,315 2,144 1779 1028 2839 2,535 2,276 SG0080*G682
80 1330 1013 2795 1627 1028 3371 3,100 2,790 1627 1028 3915 3,350 3,015 SG0080*G902
80 1250 1016 2360 1427 1028 2840 2,659 2,515 1427 1028 3287 2,879 2,630 SG0100*G682
100 1330 1013 2795 1627 1028 3371 3,100 2,790 1627 1028 3915 3,350 3,015 SG0100*G902
100 1250 1016 2360 1427 1028 2840 2,659 2,630 1427 1028 3287 2,879 2,701 SG0130*G682
130 1330 1013 2795 1627 1028 3371 3,100 2,790 1627 1028 3915 3,350 3,015 SG0130*G902
130 1192 1013 2795 1627 1028 3371 2,900 2,802 1627 1028 3915 3,150 2,873 SG0150*G682
150 1356 1249 2960 1732 1280 3633 3,790 3,411 1732 1280 4279 3,990 3,591 SG0150*G902
150 1192 1249 2960 1732 1280 3633 3,650 2,802 1732 1280 4279 3,850 2,873 SG0150*G1292
150 1583 1357 3250 1770 1371 3909 6,577 n/a 1770 1371 4575 6,990 n/a SG0150*G1332
150 1619 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 6,575 n/a 1946 1463 5084 7,491 n/a SG0150*G1422
150 1583 1357 3250 1772 1371 3923 6,440 5,890 1772 1371 3250 6,650 6,021 SG0175*G1292
175 1583 1357 3250 1770 1371 3909 6,577 n/a 1770 1371 4575 6,990 n/a SG0175*G1332
175 1619 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 6,575 n/a 1946 1463 5084 7,491 n/a SG0175*G1422
175 1583 1357 3250 1772 1371 3923 6,440 5,890 1772 1371 3250 6,650 6,021 SG0200*G1292
200 1583 1357 3250 1770 1371 3909 6,577 n/a 1770 1371 4575 6,990 n/a SG0200*G1332
200 1619 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 6,575 n/a 1946 1463 5084 7,491 n/a SG0200*G1422
200 1583 1357 3250 1772 1371 3923 6,440 5,974 1772 1371 3250 6,650 6,104 SG0200*G1422 200 1724 1450 3455 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0230*G1292
230 1728 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 7,538 n/a 1946 1463 5084 8,224 n/a SG0230*G1332
230 1747 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 7,249 n/a 1946 1463 5084 8,224 n/a SG0230*G1422
230 1724 1450 3455 1976 1463 4437 7,448 6,671 1976 1463 4569 7,911 6,870 SG0250*G1292
250 1728 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 7,538 n/a 1946 1463 5084 8,224 n/a SG0250*G1332
250 1747 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 7,249 n/a 1946 1463 5084 8,224 n/a SG0250*G1422
250 1724 1450 3455 1976 1463 4437 6,600 6,801 1976 1463 4569 7,911 7,000 SG0250*G1422
250 1724 1450 3455 1976 1450 4437 7,465 6,717 1976 1450 4569 7,947 7,152 SG0275*G1292
275 1728 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 7,790 n/a 1946 1463 5084 8,476 n/a SG0275*G1332
275 1747 1463 3455 1946 1463 4437 7,249 n/a 1946 1463 5084 8,224 n/a SG0275*G1422
275 1724 1450 3455 1976 1463 4437 7,550 6,756 1976 1463 4569 7,836 6,957 SG0300*G1292
300 1728 1463 3455 1976 1463 4437 7,790 n/a 1976 1463 5084 8,476 n/a SG0300*G1332 300 1747 1463 3455 1976 1463 4437 7,249 1,864 1976 1463 5084 8,224 1,877 SG0300*G1422
300 1724 1450 3455 1976 1463 4437 7,550 7,042 1976 1463 4569 7,836 7,242 SG0350*G2192
350 1782 1803 3923 2032 1803 5268 9,990 8,820 2032 1803 5084 10,690 9,170 SG0350*G2192
350 1782 1803 3923 2032 1803 5268 10,690 9,520 2032 1803 5084 11,470 9,870 SG0400*G2192 400 1782 1803 3923 2032 1803 5268 9,990 8,820 2032 1803 5084 10,690 9,170 SG0400*G2192
400 1782 1803 3923 2032 1803 5268 10,690 9,520 2032 1803 5084 11,470 9,870 SG0450*G2192
450 1782 1803 3923 2032 1803 5268 10,690 9,520 2032 1803 5084 11,470 9,870 SG0500*G2582 500 1903 1803 3923 2032 1803 5268 11,929 10,841 2032 1803 6287 12,936 11,274
1. Available in Prime Modular (MPS) configuration (MG vs SG). See Nomenclature.
2. Available in MPS configuration (MG vs SG) AND in Olympian Brand (LG). See Nomenclature.
Model Number Kw
Rating
OPEN SET STD Enclosure Level 1A Enclosure
Unit Dimensions
(mm) Operating
Weight (lbs)
Unit Dimensions
(mm)
Operating Weight
(lbs)
1,575
1,675
1,575
Unit Dimensions
(mm)
Operating Weight
(lbs)
1,575
2,600
1,675
1,575
1,675
1,575
1,675
1,929
1,874
1,929
1,874
1,929
1,874
5,200
2,218
2,600
2,218
2,600
2,400
2,940
2,800
5,756
5,200
5,460
5,756
5,985
5,460
5,756
5,200
5,460
5,985
6,360
6,390
5,460
6,360
6,390
5,985
9,690
6,612
6,390
5,985
6,612
6,390
5,985
7,574
8,274
7,574
8,274
9,739
SDS = 0.80g @ z/h = 1.0 FP / Wp = 1.80
SDS = 2.44g @ z/h = 0.0 FP / Wp = 1.83
1001
Special Seismic Certification
IBC Approval
Generac/Olympian
Gas Generator Product Line
Table 1B. Gas Generator Certified Product Matrix Cont. SDS = 2.44g @ z/h = 0.0 F P / Wp = 1.83 H W L Steel Alum H W L Steel Alum
SG0035*G541 35 1574 965 2409 2,328 1,974 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0035*G541 35 1574 965 2409 2,328 1,974 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0035*G451 35 1461 965 2409 2,353 2,083 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0040*G541
40 1574 965 2409 2,328 1,974 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0040*G451 40 1461 965 2409 2,353 2,083 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0045*G541
45 1574 965 2409 2,328 1,974 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0045*G451 45 1461 965 2409 2,353 2,083 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0050*G541
50 1574 965 2409 2,328 2,070 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0050*G451 50 1461 965 2409 2,353 2,083 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0050*G681
50 1722 1016 2840 2,811 2,499 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0060*G451 60 1779 1028 2839 2,756 2,475 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0060*G681
60 1722 1016 2840 2,811 2,530 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0070*G451 70 1779 1028 2839 2,756 2,475 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0070*G681
70 1722 1016 2840 2,811 2,530 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0080*G451 80 1779 1028 2839 2,756 2,475 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0080*G682
80 2054 1028 3671 3,600 3,240 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0080*G902
80 1743 1028 2840 3,100 2,802 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0100*G682
100 2054 1028 3671 3,600 3,240 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0100*G902
100 1743 1028 2840 3,100 2,756 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0130*G682
130 2054 1028 3671 3,600 3,240 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0130*G902
130 2054 1028 3671 3,400 2,928 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0150*G682
150 2330 1280 3633 4,190 3,771 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0150*G902
150 2330 1280 3633 4,050 2,928 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0150*G1292
150 2372 1371 3923 7,236 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0150*G1332
150 2726 1463 4588 8,000 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0150*G1422
150 2370 1371 3923 6,980 6,122 3274 1617 5269 10,602 8,386 SG0175*G1292
175 2372 1371 3923 7,236 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0175*G1332
175 2726 1463 4588 8,000 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0175*G1422
175 2370 1371 3923 6,980 6,122 3274 1617 5269 10,602 8,386 SG0200*G1292
200 2372 1371 3923 7,236 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0200*G1332
200 2726 1463 4588 8,000 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0200*G1422
200 2370 1371 3923 6,980 6,206 3274 1617 5269 10,602 8,386 SG0200*G1422 200 2726 1463 4588 8,395 6,731 3274 1617 5269 10,905 9,096 SG0230*G1292
230 2726 1463 4588 9,169 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0230*G1332
230 2726 1463 4588 9,200 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0230*G1422
230 2726 1463 4588 8,251 7,117 3274 1617 5269 10,602 9,618 SG0250*G1292
250 2726 1463 4588 9,169 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0250*G1332
250 2726 1463 4588 9,200 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0250*G1422
250 2726 1463 4588 8,251 7,247 3274 1617 5269 10,905 9,793 SG0250*G1422
250 2726 1450 4588 8,502 7,652 3274 1617 5269 11,080 10,340 SG0275*G1292
275 2726 1463 4588 9,421 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0275*G1332
275 2726 1463 4588 9,200 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0275*G1422
275 2726 1463 4588 8,502 7,201 3274 1617 5269 11,080 10,340 SG0300*G1292
300 2726 1463 4588 9,421 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
SG0300*G1332 300 2726 1463 4588 9,200 1,974 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a SG0300*G1422
300 2726 1463 4588 8,502 7,487 3274 1617 5269 11,080 10,340 SG0350*G2192
350 2899 1803 5268 11,100 9,510 3281 1954 5890 13,577 11,888 SG0350*G2192
350 2899 1803 5268 11,808 10,210 3281 1954 5890 14,285 12,763 SG0400*G2192 400 2899 1803 5268 11,100 9,510 3281 1954 5890 13,577 11,888 SG0400*G2192
400 2899 1803 5268 11,808 10,210 3281 1954 5890 14,285 12,763 SG0450*G2192
450 2899 1803 5268 11,808 10,210 3281 1954 5890 14,285 12,763 SG0500*G2582 500 2899 1803 5268 13,274 11,419 3281 1954 5890 15,635 14,274
1. Available in Prime Modular (MPS) configuration (MG vs SG). See Nomenclature.
2. Available in MPS configuration (MG vs SG) AND in Olympian Brand (LG). See Nomenclature.
Model Number Kw
Rating
Level 2A Enclosure Level 3 Enclosure
Unit Dimensions
(mm)
Operating Weight
(lbs)
Unit Dimensions
(mm)
Operating
Weight (lbs)
SDS = 0.80g @ z/h = 1.0 FP / Wp = 1.80
SDS = 2.44g @ z/h = 0.0 FP / Wp = 1.83
1002
1003
13-1 EmsnWrnty003 Rev. A 09/11
United States Environmental Protection Agency Warranty Statement (Stationary Emergency Compression-Ignition Generators)
Warranty Rights, Obligations and Coverage
Your emission-related warranty covers only components whose failure would increase an engine’s emissions of any regulated pollutant where they are designed, built, and equipped to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under applicable regulations of sec- tion 213 of the clean air act. To receive information about how to make an emission-related warranty claim, and how to make arr ange- ments for authorized repairs call 1-800-333-1322 or www.generac.com. Emission- related warranty claims may be denied without proof of proper maintenance or use, accidents beyond the control of the manufacturer, or act of God. Proper maintenance is spec ified in the Owner’s Manual. Usage is limited to stationary emergency operations and 100 hours per year for maintenance and readiness testing. The warranty period begins when the engine is placed into service. Warranty periods for compression ignition engines g reater than 25 horsepower is five years. This warranty is applicable to compression-ignition generator models; equal to and larger tha n an SD80 starting 1/1/2011, equal to and larger than an SD35 starting 1/1/2012, and all compression-ignition generator models start ing 1/1/2013.
Important Note
This warranty statement explains your rights and obligations under the Emission Control System Warranty, which is provided to y ou by Generac pursuant to federal law. Note that this warranty shall not apply to any incidental, consequential or indirect damages c aused by defects in materials or workmanship or any delay in repair or replacement of the defective part(s). This warranty is in place o f all other warranties, expressed or implied. Specifically, Generac makes no other warranties as to the merchantability or fitness for a pa rticular purpose. Any implied warranties which are allowed by law, shall be limited in duration to the terms of the express warranty pro vided herein. Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitation may not apply to yo u.
Warranty
1004
REN. 01-31-25
NO.
C20420
TIM
OTHYCREIGHTONSHEIL
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
LICENSEDARCHITECT
CEILING
ANNOTATIONS
A101
1 SIM
A101
1 Ref
View Name
1 Ref
View Name
1 Ref
View Name
1 Ref
View Name
A101
1 Ref
1 Ref 1
Ref
1 Ref
1i
?
1i
1 101
Room name
101
150 SF
1 A101
SIM
1t
1i
1t
1 View Name
1/8" = 1'-0"
ROOM TAG
(Room Name, Number,
Square Footage)
DETAIL CALLOUT
Detail Number / Sheet Number
INTERIOR ELEVATION CALLOUT
View Name / Detail Number / Sheet Number
EXTERIOR ELEVATION CALLOUT
View Name / Detail Number / Sheet Number
SECTION CALLOUT
Detail Number / Sheet Number
VIEW TITLE CALLOUT
Detail Number / Scale
SECTION TAIL
Vertical Direction / Horizontal Direction
Signage Identifier Number
Keynote Tag Number
Elevation Target Callout
Plumbing Equipment Number
Revision Number
Door Identifier Number
Speciality Equipment Number
Wall Identifier Number
Window Identifier Number
Detail Break Line
RETURN AIR GRILLE
SUPPLY DIFFUSER
CEILING FAN
RECESSED CAN LIGHT FIXTURE
2 X 2 LAY -IN GRID LIGHT FIXTURE
project
location
COORDINATE GENERATOR
PLACEMENT WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS
AND MINIMUM WORKING
CLEARANCES REQUIRED BY
GENERATOR MANUFACTURER.
(E) Landscaped Area
(E) Transformer
(E) Building
(E) Service Yard
(E) Driveway
10' - 0"
5' - 0"
(N) Bollards,Typ.
5' - 0"
5' - 0"
4' - 2 1/2" 6' - 0" 4' - 10"
6' - 0" 6' - 0"
(N) Generator
on Conc. Slab
Removed Parking
Lot Striping Lines
(E) Chain Link Fence
(E) Rolling Gate
(E) Carport Wall
(N) 2A:20BC
Fire Extinguisher
Required
Signage
"Emergency Shut Off
Signage on Generator.
Scale
Project Number
Date
Drawn by
Checked by
REVISIONS
SHEET TITLE:
PROJECT ADDRESS:
PROJECT NAME:
1751 Cebrian Street
West Sacramento, CA 95691
P - 916.718.2612
SacramentoDesignSystems.com
Professional Member of the CAIBD -
California Institute of Building Design
As indicated
6/12/2024 1:55:55 PM
T1
Title Sheet
23-0606
City of Rocklin
06-06-2023
MKEG
MKEG
4081 Alvis Ct
Rocklin, CA
ACCESSIBILITY NOTES
GENERAL NOTE:
This Project is for Electrical Work only, to upgrade the Existing Electrical System and Componentry.
No Accessibility Work if Required.
CODES USED:
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE
2019 CALIFORNIA EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE
2015 NFPA 37 "Installation and Use of Stationary and Gas Turbines" 2019 NFPA 110 "Emergency and Stanby Power Systems"
SHEET INDEX
ARCHITECTURAL
T1 Title Sheet
CONTACT LIST
BUILDING DESIGNER
SACRAMENTO DESIGN SYSTEMS
1751 CEBRIAN STREET
WEST SACRAMENTO, CA 95691
C.916.718.2612
F.916.375.0773
SCOPE OF WORK
ELECTRICAL:
1. Install New Diesel Generator.
2. Modify Existing Electrical System as required for System Tie -In.
ELECTRICAL DESIGNER
CAPITOL CITY DESIGN
1751 CEBRIAN STREET
WEST SACRAMENTO, CA 95691
O. 916.375.0315
F.916.375.0773
SUMMARY:
Install New Outside Diesel Generator on New Exterior Concrete Pad.
EXTERIOR:
1. Prepare Site for New Generator Pad and Conduits.
2. Remove Landscaping as required.
3. Remove Hardscape if required.
4. Install New Generator Pad.
5. Install New Fence per Electrical Layout.
MECHANICAL:
1. No Work Required.
FIRE SPRINKLER NOTES
No Fire Sprinkler Work is required. There is no Interior Work Proposed with this Remodel.
PLUMBING:
1. No Work Required.
PROPERTY DATA
APN: 045 -012 -001 -000
Property Address: 4081 Alvis Ct, Rocklin 95677 (Assessor's Info) Acerage: 10.00
ELECTRICAL
E0.1 Symbols List, General Notes
E1.0 Site Plan - Electrical
E2.0 Generator Details
for
NEW GENERATOR
CITY OF
ROCKLIN
4081 Alvis Court
Rocklin, CA 95677
1/4" = 1'-0"
General Drawing Legend
1" = 100'-0" 1 Site Plan Reference
CODE SUMMARY
1 1/2" = 1'-0" 2 Vicinity Map
DEFERRED PERMITS
The Following are Deferred Permits and are not a part of this Permit Set of Drawings:
1. NONE
No. Description Date
2 Fire Department Plan Review 04/29/2024
3 Fire Department Plan Review 06-12-2024
2 1/8" = 1'-0" 3 Generator Layout Plan
2 REQUIRED SIGNAGE:
1. "No Smoking" and "No Open Flame" Signage per CFC 5704.2.3.1
2. NFPA 704 Signage for the diesel fuel. See Detail above.
DANGER !
DIESEL FUEL
NO SMOKING
NO OPEN FLAME
2 1 0
3 3
2 1 0
3 1005
electrical engineer
electrical contractor
project title
job nodesignerdrafterdate
sheet title
revisionsROCKLIN CA, 95677
CITY OFROCKLINGENERATOR
CAPITOLCITYDESIGN, INC.1751 Cebrian StreetWest Sacramento CA 95691916.375.0135916.375.0773 faxwww.capcitydesign.com 2023-02203/16/2023TBKB
Electrical EngineeringConsultants
4081 ALVIS COURT
EREDTASTIREGSIFOROFCATELALENIATELECLCARIEPROFIOSSNNEERGINROBERT B. CAINE E0.1
SYMBOLS LISTGENERAL NOTESPANEL SCHEDULE
A
1006
electrical engineer
electrical contractor
project title
job nodesignerdrafterdate
sheet title
revisionsROCKLIN CA, 95677
CITY OFROCKLINGENERATOR
CAPITOLCITYDESIGN, INC.1751 Cebrian StreetWest Sacramento CA 95691916.375.0135916.375.0773 faxwww.capcitydesign.com 2023-02203/16/2023TBKB
Electrical EngineeringConsultants
4081 ALVIS COURT
EREDTASTIREGSIFOROFCATELALENIATELECLCARIEPROFIOSSNNEERGINROBERT B. CAINE PCC03-1-24FIRECOMMENTS04-29-24
E1.0
SITE PLAN -ELECTRICAL
FIRECOMMENTS
06-12-24
3 3
1007
electrical engineer
electrical contractor
project title
job nodesignerdrafterdate
sheet title
revisionsROCKLIN CA, 95677
CITY OFROCKLINGENERATOR
CAPITOLCITYDESIGN, INC.1751 Cebrian StreetWest Sacramento CA 95691916.375.0135916.375.0773 faxwww.capcitydesign.com 2023-02203/16/2023TBKB
Electrical EngineeringConsultants
4081 ALVIS COURT
EREDTASTIREGSIFOROFCATELALENIATELECLCARIEPROFIOSSNNEERGINROBERT B. CAINE PCC03-1-24FIRECOMMENTS04-29-24
E2.0
DETAILS
··
E2.0
1008
045-390-008-000
045-390-005-000
045-012-003-000
045-013-027-000
045-013-004-000
045-013-007-000
045-012-002-000
045-390-022-000
045-350-008-000
045-041-044-000
045-013-002-000
045-013-003-000
045-350-009-000
045-013-005-000
045-012-001-000
045-012-004-000
045-013-023-000
045-013-024-000
045-041-025-000
045-041-045-000
045-013-022-000
P
A
C
I
F
I
C
S
T
PACIFIC ST
A L V I S C T
TAYLOR RD
G
R
A
N
I
T
E
D
R
CITRUS AVE
Exhibit A
³
Rocklin
Corporation
Yard
Legend
City Boundary
Project Area
1009
1010
City Council
Staff Report
Subject:
Landfill Monitoring Services Amendment No. 2
Date:
February 25, 2025
Submitted By:
Rick Lawrence, Public Works Manager
Justin Nartker, Public Works Director
Department:
Public Works
Recommendation:
Adopt a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Rocklin Approving Amendment No. 2 to the Contract for Services with Tetra Tech, Inc. and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute Amendment No. 2.
Background:
In compliance with the requirements of the Placer County Department of Health and Human Services Notice and Order 98-02, and the associated Updated Work Plan for Installation of Gas Extraction System, Former City of Rocklin Landfill, 4420 Rocklin Road, Rocklin, California, the City of Rocklin is required to perform operations, maintenance, and reporting for the Landfill gas extraction system at the former City landfill located at 4420 Rocklin Road.
On December 14, 2021, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2021-219, approving a contract with Tetra Tech, Inc. for operations, maintenance, monitoring, and reporting services for the soil vapor extraction system at 4420 Rocklin Road. The initial contract term was twelve (12) months, with the option for two one-year extensions, for a not-to-exceed amount of $23,480.27 per year.
The City exercised its first one-year extension in December 2022, extending the contract through December 14, 2023. Amendment No. 1 was subsequently executed to confirm the final contract extension from December 14, 2023, to December 14, 2024.
Between December 14, 2022, and December 14, 2023, additional on-call testing and services were required, bringing the total contract amount to $26,254.80. Similarly, from December 14, 2023, to December 14, 2024, additional services increased the total to $26,881.80.
Upon reviewing the contract, staff identified that the Schedule of Fees for both the 2022-2023 and 2023-2024 terms was inadvertently omitted from the amended contract. The total cost for services rendered from December 14, 2022, through December 14, 2024, is $76,616.87.
Item Number C23.
1011
To correct this oversight, Amendment No. 2 is being presented for approval, formally updating the contract amount to reflect the actual costs incurred, including the additional on-call services provided during both contract extension periods.
Fiscal Impact:
There is no direct impact on the General Fund. Sufficient funds are available in the Fiscal Year 2024/25 Operating Budget within the Boroski Landfill Monitoring Fund (727).
ATTACHMENTS:
1. Resolution and Amendment No. 2
2. Original Contract, Letter, and Amendment No. 1
1012
RESOLUTION NO. 2025-
RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROCKLIN
APPROVING AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE CONTRACT FOR
RETROACTIVE SERVICES WITH TETRA TECH, INC. AND
AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE
AMENDMENT NO. 2
WHEREAS, the City of Rocklin is required to perform operations, maintenance, and reporting for the Landfill gas extraction system at the former City landfill located at 4420 Rocklin Road, Rocklin, California to comply with the requirements of the Placer County Department of Health and Human Services Notice and Order 98-02 (the Order), and the associated Updated Work Plan for Installation of Gas Extraction System, Former City of Rocklin Landfill; and
WHEREAS, on December 14, 2021, the City Council of the City of Rocklin approved Resolution 2021-219 with Tetra Tech, Inc. to provide operations, maintenance, monitoring and reporting services of the soil vapor extraction system located at 4420 Rocklin Road, Rocklin, California; and
WHEREAS, the Agreement was for an initial 12-month period, starting on December 14, 2021, at a cost of $23,480.27 and renewable for two additional one-year terms at the City’s option; and
WHEREAS, the City exercised its option in December 2022 to extend the contract one (1) year, in writing, from December 14, 2022, to December 14, 2023, and Amendment No. 1 was subsequently executed to confirm the Contract’s final year of the term from December 14, 2023, to December 14, 2024; and
WHEREAS, additional on-call testing and other services were required between December 14, 2022 and December 14, 2023 in the amount of $26,254.80, as well as between December 14, 2023, and December 14, 2024 in the amount of $26,881.80, for a total contract cost of $76,616.87; and
WHEREAS, there is no fiscal impact as sufficient funds are available in the fiscal year 2024/25 Operating Budget within the Boroski Landfill Monitoring Fund (727).
NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Rocklin does resolve as follows:
Section 1. Amendment No. 2 to the Contract for Services with Tetra Tech, Inc., is approved and the City Manager is authorized to execute Amendment No. 2 in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “A.”
1013
PASSED AND ADOPTED this 25th day of February, 2025, by the following vote:
AYES: Councilmembers:
NOES: Councilmembers:
ABSENT: Councilmembers:
ABSTAIN: Councilmembers:
___________________________
Jill Gayaldo, Mayor
ATTEST:
___________________________
Avinta Singh, City Clerk
1014
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO CONTRACT FOR SERVICES BETWEEN
THE CITY OF ROCKLIN AND TETRA TECH, INC.
This Second Amendment is entered into on February 25, 2025, by and between the City of Rocklin, a municipal corporation (“City”), and Tetra Tech, Inc., (“Contractor”) who agree as follows:
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the City and Contractor entered into a Contract for Services dated December 14, 2021, to provide monitoring, site visits, reports, as well as on-call and repair services for the landfill gas extraction system at the former City of Rocklin landfill located at 4420 Rocklin Road, Rocklin, CA (hereafter “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the contract was for an initial 12-month period, starting on December 14, 2021, plus two additional one-year terms, ending December 14, 2024; WHEREAS, the cost for services for the period of December 14, 2022 through December 14, 2023, was $26,254.80;
WHEREAS, the Amendment No. 1 extended the Contract for Services from December 14, 2023, to December 14, 2024;
WHEREAS, additional testing and monitoring services were necessary for the period of December 14, 2022, through December 14, 2023, in the amount of $26,254.80; WHEREAS, additional testing and monitoring services were necessary for the period of December 14, 2023, through December 14, 2024, in the amount of $26,881.80; WHEREAS, upon review of the contract as amended, staff discovered that the Schedule of Fees for the terms of December 14, 2022 through December 14, 2023 and December 14, 2023, through December 14, 2024 were inadvertently excluded from the contract as amended; WHEREAS, the total cost for services rendered for the duration between December 14, 2021 and December 14, 2024 is $76,616.87; and
WHEREAS, funding is available in the Boroski Landfill Monitoring Fund (727) for the costs associated with the Second Amendment to the Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, therefore, the City and Contractor hereby agree to amend the Contract for Services as follows:
1. Section “2,” “Compensation,” is amended to increase the not to exceed amount of the Contract to $76,616.87.
1015
2. Exhibit C is amended to authorize the respective annual fees, including those fees for additional services, as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, and incorporated herein.
3. The parties agree that this Amendment may be executed and delivered by digital electronic signatures (DocuSign), and that such signatures appearing on this Amendment are the same as handwritten signatures for the purposes of validity, enforceability, and admissibility.
Except as set forth in this Second Amendment, the Contract for Services is unaffected and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. If there is a conflict between this Second Amendment and the Contract for Services, the terms of this Second Amendment will prevail.
Due to the need to affirm the Schedule of Fees with the corresponding period during services were retroactively rendered, this Second Amendment shall be deemed effective December 14, 2022.
“CITY”
By: ___________________________
Aly Zimmermann, City Manager
“CONTRACTOR”
By: __________________________
Keith Hoofard, Project Manager
By: __________________________
Betty Li, Operations Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By: ___________________________
Matthew McOmber, City Attorney
ATTEST:
By: ___________________________
Avinta Singh, City Clerk
1016
EXHIBIT C
Schedule of Fees
The total compensation for the Scope of Services identified in Exhibit A shall not exceed $76,616.87. The cost breakdown has been included below.
December 14, 2021 – December 14, 2022
1017
December 14, 2022 – December 14, 2023
1018
December 14, 2023 – December 14, 2024
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
City Council
Staff Report
Subject:
2025 Striping and Marking Services Bid Award
Date:
February 25, 2025
Submitted By:
Rick Lawrence, Public Works Manager
Justin Nartker, Public Works Director
Department:
Public Works
Recommendation:
Adopt a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Rocklin Awarding the Contract for the 2025 Striping and Marking Maintenance Services to Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc., and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute an Agreement.
Background:
The 2025 Striping and Marking Maintenance Services project was included in the Fiscal Year (FY) 2024/25 Operating Budget approved by the City Council on June 25, 2024. This project consists of providing striping and marking maintenance services within the City rights-of-way, easements, and infrastructure.
The bid for the 2025 Striping and Marking Maintenance Services was advertised on January 17, 2025, and January 24, 2025, with the bid opening on Wednesday, February 5, 2025. One (1) bid was received from Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc. in the amount of $915,051 (see Attachment 3 - Bid Summary).
Staff has reviewed the bid for sufficiency, determined it to be responsive, and determined that Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc. submitted the lowest responsible bid. Staff recommends that the City Council award the contract to Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc. Pursuant to Rocklin Municipal Code, section 3.04.050, the City Manager will have change order authority up to fifteen (15) percent of the contract amount ($137,258, rounded). The total amount for this project, including the fifteen (15) percent change order authority, is $1,052,309 (rounded).
Environmental Analysis:
The City of Rocklin’s Environmental Coordinator has reviewed the 2025 Striping and Marking Maintenance Services contract and determined that it falls under the previously approved Notice of Exemption for Striping and Marking Services, Resolution No. 2018-189, and is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to California Code of Regulations Section 15301 & 15302.
Item Number C24.
1043
Fiscal Impact:
There is no direct fiscal impact on the General Fund from staff recommendation. Sufficient funds are available in the Pavement Management Program (Project No. 50007) in the SB1 Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Fund (205) and the SB 325 Sales Tax Fund (210).
ATTACHMENTS:
1. Resolution and Agreement
2. Bid Documents
3. Bid Summary Sheet
1044
RESOLUTION NO. 2025-
RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROCKLIN
AWARDING THE CONTRACT FOR THE 2025 STRIPING AND MARKING MAINTENANCE SERVICES TO SIERRA TRAFFIC MARKINGS, INC., AND
AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO
EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, the 2025 Striping and Marking Maintenance Services consists of providing striping and marking maintenance services within City rights-of-way, easements, and infrastructure; and
WHEREAS, the invitation for bids was advertised on January 17, 2025, and January 24, 2025, with the bid opening on Wednesday, February 5, 2025, and bids were thereafter examined and found to be in compliance with all applicable specifications; and
WHEREAS, the lowest responsible bid was determined to be $915,051, submitted by Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc., and staff recommends that the contract for the project be awarded to Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc.; and WHEREAS, pursuant to the Rocklin Municipal Code, Section 3.04.050, a contingency amount of fifteen (15) percent of the contract, $137,258 (rounded), is automatically authorized for all public works project contracts awarded by the City Council or the City Manager, as long as adequate funds have been appropriated, bringing the total authorized project amount to $1,052,309 (rounded); and WHEREAS, this project is funded using Sales Tax (SB325) Funds (210); and NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Rocklin does resolve as follows:
Section 1. The contract for the 2025 Striping and Marking Maintenance Services is awarded to Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc. and the City Manager is authorized to execute the Agreement with Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc. in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “A.”
1045
PASSED AND ADOPTED this 25th day of February, 2025, by the following vote:
AYES: Councilmembers:
NOES: Councilmembers:
ABSENT: Councilmembers:
ABSTAIN: Councilmembers:
____________________________________
Jill Gayaldo, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________
Avinta Singh, City Clerk
1046
CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, dated for identification as of February 25, 2025, is between the CITY OF ROCKLIN, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"), and Sierra Traffic Markings, Inc., a Corporation (hereinafter called "Contractor").
The parties hereto mutually agree to the terms and condition set forth herein.
I. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents referred to herein are incorporated herein by reference as if set forth in full in this Agreement.
B. Work called for in any one Contract Document and not mentioned in another is to be performed and executed as if mentioned in all Contract Documents. The table of contents, titles and headings contained herein and in said documents are solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect or limit the interpretations of the provisions to which they refer.
C. The Contract Documents shall include the Notice to Contractors, Addenda, Bid Form, Agreement, Plans, General Provisions, Special Provisions, General Requirements (Division 1), Technical Specifications (Divisions 2 through 16), Permits from other agencies as may be required by law, City of Rocklin Construction Specifications, Improvement Standards and Standard Drawings, Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications as applicable, Standard Forms, Supplemental Drawings, all required bonds, Exhibits, the Contract Schedule, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (whether prepared by the City or the Contractor) and any and all supplemental agreements amending or extending the Work contemplated and which may be required to complete the Work in an acceptable manner. Supplemental agreements are written agreements covering alterations, amendments or extensions to the Contract Documents and include Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, Field Directives, Field Orders and Supplemental Drawings.
D. The General Provisions shall mean and refer to the current General Provisions of the City of Rocklin, which are incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth herein.
II. DEFINITIONS
Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all works and phrases defined in the General Provisions shall have the same meaning and intent in this Agreement.
III. AGREEMENT CONTROLS
In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement and the terms and conditions set forth in other Contract Documents, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement shall prevail.
IV. SCOPE OF CONTRACT
Contractor agrees to furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor and material and transportation necessary to perform and complete in a good and workman like manner to the satisfaction of City, all the work required for the Contract for the Project entitled: 2025 Striping and Marking Maintenance Services.
1047
V. CONTRACT AMOUNT AND PAYMENTS
City agrees to pay and Contractor agrees to accept, in full payment for the above work, Nine Hundred Fifteen Thousand Fifty-One Dollars ($915,051.00) as the stipulated sum price which Contractor bid in its Bid Form, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order(s) as provided in the General Conditions.
VI. PROGRESS AND FINAL PAYMENTS
Progress and final payments shall be in accordance with the General Provisions.
IIIII. RETENTION OF SUMS CHARGED AGAINST CONTRACTOR
When, under the provisions of this contract, City shall charge any sum of money against Contractor, City shall deduct and retain the amount of such charge from the amount of the next succeeding progress estimate, or from any other moneys due or that may become due to the Contractor from City. If, on completion or termination of the Contract, sums due contractor are insufficient to pay City's charges against him, City shall have the right to recover the balance from Contractor or his sureties.
IVIII. TIME OF COMPLETION
A. The initial contract will be for a term of Three (3) years from the date of award. The City may renew the contract for up to two (2) additional years, one year at a time, at its sole discretion. Sixty days prior to the expiration date of the current contract, the City may re- negotiate out-year pricing (increases and/or decreases) based on market fluctuations.
B. If the term of the contract is extended beyond the initial three-year term, any requests made by the Contractor for a price increase must be fully documented utilizing an appropriate Consumer or Producer Price Index or other relevant market data to justify a price change, not to exceed 4%. In its request for price increases Contractor shall cite sources, specific conditions, and document how those conditions affect the cost.
C. Failure to complete the Work by the completion date and in the manner provided for by the Contract Documents shall subject Contractor to liquidated damages as hereinafter provided in this Agreement. Time is of the essence in these Contract Documents.
IX. INSURANCE
Contractor shall maintain in full force and effect at all times during the term of the Agreement, at its sole expense, policies of insurance in accordance with the General Provisions.
X. NO WAIVER OF REMEDIES
A. Neither the inspection by City or its agents, nor any order or certificate for the payment of money, nor any payment for, nor acceptance of the whole or any part of the Work by City, nor any extensions of time, nor any position taken by City or its agents shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any power herein reserved to City or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach of the Agreement be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
B. All remedies provided in this Agreement shall be taken and construed as cumulative; that is, in addition to each and every other remedy herein provided, and City shall have any and all equitable and legal remedies which it would in any case have.
XI. DETERMINATION OF DAMAGES
A. The actual fact of the occurrences of damages and the actual amount of the damages which City would suffer if the Work were not completed within the specified times set forth are dependent upon many circumstances and conditions which could prevail in various combinations, and, from the nature of the case, it is impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages.
1048
B. Damages which City would suffer in the event of delay include loss of the use of the Project, and, in addition, expenses of prolonged employment of an architectural and engineering staff; costs of administration, inspection, and supervision; and the loss suffered by the public within the City of Rocklin by reasons of the delay in the completion of the Project to serve the public at the earliest possible time.
C. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree, and by execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that it understands, has ascertained and agrees, that the amounts set forth herein as liquidated damages shall be presumed to be that amount of damages sustained by the failure of Contractor to complete the entire work within the times specified.
XII.LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. The amount of the liquidated damages to be paid by Contractor to City for failure to complete the entire work in the specified number of Working or Calendar Days (as extended, if applicable) will be Five Hundred ($500.00) for each Calendar day , continuing to the time at which the Work is completed.
B. Such amount is the actual cash value agreed upon as the loss to City resulting from Contractor's delay.
VII. TERMINATION AFTER ALLOTTED WORKING OR CALENDAR DAYS A. In addition to any rights it may have, City may terminate this Contract or the Contractor’s right to proceed at any time after the allotted number of Working or Calendar Days as adjusted by any extensions of time for excusable delays that may have been granted.
B. Upon such termination Contractor any compensation shall be in accordance with Section
5.23 of the General Provisions, and it shall be liable to City for liquidated damages for all periods of time beyond such termination date until the Work is completed.
XIV. CONTRACTOR BANKRUPT
A. If Contractor should commence any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Act, or if contractor be adjudged a bankrupt, or if Contractor should make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency, then the City Council may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, terminate the Contract and complete the work by giving notice to Contractor and his surety according to the provisions of Article 5 of the General Provisions.
B. City shall have the right to complete, or cause completion of the work, all as specified in the General Provisions of the General Provisions.
XV.PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
A. The Contractor shall, before beginning said work, file two bonds with the City, each made payable to the City. These bonds shall be issued by a Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of California, and shall be maintained during the entire life of the Contract at the expense of the Contractor.
1. One bond shall be in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract and shall guarantee the Faithful Performance of the Contract.
2. The second bond shall be the Payment Bond required by Part 4, Title 15, Chapter 7, Division Three of the Civil Code of the State of California and shall be in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract.
B. Any alteration or alterations made in any provision of this Contract shall not operate to release any surety from liability on any bond required hereunder and the consent to make such alterations is hereby given, and any surety on said bonds hereby waives the provisions of Section 2819 of the Civil Code.
1049
C. Bonds shall only be accepted from an “Admitted surety insurer”, which means an insurer to which the Insurance Commissioner has issued a certificate of authority to transact surety insurance in this state. Contractor must submit all of the following with the bonds:
The original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
XVI. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES OF MONEY WITHHELD
A. At any time prior to final payment, Contractor may request substitution of securities for any money withheld by the City to ensure performance of the Contract.
B. At the expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the money withheld may be deposited with the City or with an approved financial institution as escrow agent according to a separate Security Agreement.
C. Securities eligible for substitution shall include those listed in Section 16430 of the Government Code or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit. A fee set by the City Council shall be charged for such substitution.
XVII. LABOR CODE COMPLIANCE
A. City affirmatively identifies this project as a “public work” as that term is defined by Labor Code section 1720, and the project is, therefore, subject to prevailing wages under Labor Code section 1771.
B. Contractor and its subcontractors shall fully comply with all the provisions of the California Labor Code governing the performance of public works contracts including, but not limited to, payment of prevailing wages, limitations on time worked, compliance with apprentice requirements, maintenance of payroll records, posting of wages at job site and prohibitions against discrimination.
XVIII. UNFAIR COMPETITION
A. The following provision is included in this agreement pursuant to California Public Contract Code §7103.5.
"In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assigning to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties."
XIX. ASSIGNMENT
Neither this Agreement nor any rights herein of Contractor shall be assigned without the written consent of City first obtained.
XX. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES
This Agreement is entered into solely between the City and Contractor. There are no third party beneficiaries, intended, unintended, or otherwise to this Agreement. /////SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS/////
1050
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed the Agreement on the date set forth opposite their names.
CONTRACTOR: (California Corporations: must be signed by company’s CEO, President, or Vice President
as well as the Secretary or CFO.)
Date Tax I.D. Number
Signature Signature
Print Name Print Name
Title Title
CITY OF ROCKLIN, A Municipal Corporation:
Aly Zimmermann, City Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Matthew McOmber, City Attorney
ATTEST:
Avinta Singh, City Clerk
1051
CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT pursuant to Civil Code, Section 1189, must be provided for Contractor’s signature.
NOTARY TO ATTACH CURRENT ACKNOWLEDGMENT
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
City Council
Staff Report
Subject:
PFA1: Rocklin Public Financing Authority's Audited Basic Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2024
Date:
February 25, 2025
Submitted By:
Angela Doyle, Senior Accountant
Daniel Choe, Administrative Services Deputy Director
Department:
Administrative Services - Finance
Recommendation:
Adopt a Resolution of the Public Financing Authority of the City of Rocklin Accepting the Audited Basic Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2024.
Background:
The Joint Exercise of Powers Act of the California Government Code Title 1, Division 7, Chapter 5, requires an annual audit of joint powers authorities and preparation of a report. The Rocklin Public Financing Authority (Authority) is a joint powers authority established by an agreement between the City of Rocklin and the former Rocklin Redevelopment Agency.
The Authority is governed by a Board consisting of members of the City Council. Oversight responsibility, the ability to conduct independent financial affairs, issue debt instruments, approve budgets, and otherwise influence operations and account for fiscal matters is exercised by the Authority’s governing board. The Authority is a blended component unit of the City for financial reporting purposes, and this Basic Financial Statements report reflects the assets, liabilities, fund balances/net position, revenues, and expenditures of the Authority only.
An independent financial audit of the Rocklin Public Financing Authority, performed by the auditing firm of Chavan & Associates, LLP for the year ended June 30, 2024, has been completed. The Basic Financial Statements of the Rocklin Public Financing Authority, for the year ended June 30, 2024, have been prepared. Chavan & Associates, LLP has issued an unqualified (“clean”) auditor’s opinion.
The Audited Basic Financial Statements for the Year Ended June 30, 2024 is now presented to the Rocklin Public Financing Authority Board, for acceptance by resolution.
Item Number C25.
ATTACHMENTS:
1. Resolution
2. Resolution Exhibit A - 2023/24 RPFA Audited Financial Statements 1073
Resolution No. 2025- PFA February 25, 2025 Page 1 of 1 1 RESOLUTION NO. 2025- PFA
RESOLUTION OF THE ROCKLIN PUBLIC FINANCING AUTHORITY
ACCEPTING THE AUDITED BASIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2024
WHEREAS, the Joint Exercise of Powers Act, California Government Code Title 1, Division 7, Chapter 5, requires an annual audit of joint powers authorities and preparation of a report; and
WHEREAS, Chavan & Associates LLP performed an independent audit of the Rocklin Public Financing Authority for the year ended June 30, 2024, and prepared Basic Financial Statements of the Rocklin Public Financing Authority; and WHEREAS, Chavan & Associates LLP has issued an unqualified (“clean”) auditor’s opionion.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Rocklin Public Financing Authority as follows:
Section 1. The audited Basic Financial Statements for the Rocklin Public Financing Authority for fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, attached hereto as Exhibit “A,” are accepted.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this 25th day of February, 2025, by the following vote:
AYES: Councilmembers:
NOES: Councilmembers:
ABSENT: Councilmembers:
ABSTAIN: Councilmembers:
____________________________________
Jill Gayaldo, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________
Avinta Singh, City Clerk
1074
Chavan & Associates, LLP
Certified Public Accountants
16450 Monterey Road #5
Morgan Hill, CA 95037
ROCKLIN PUBLIC
FINANCING AUTHORITY
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
1075
Page Intentionally Left Blank
1076
ROCKLIN PUBLIC FINANCING AUTHORITY
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FINANCIAL SECTION
Independent Auditor’s Report .................................................................................................. ....... 1
Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Required Supplementary Information) .............................. 5
Basic Financial Statements:
Government-Wide Financial Statements:
Statement of Net Position .................................................................................................. 1 2 Statement of Activ ities ...................................................................................................... 13 Fund Financial Statements
Governmental Funds:
Balance Sheet .............................................................................................................. 1 4 Reconciliation of the Govern ment Funds Balance Sheet
to the Government-Wide Financial Statement of Net Position .................................. 15 Statement of Revenues, Expenditures and Changes in Fund Balances ............................ 16 Reconciliation of the Governmental Funds Statement of Revenues, Expenditures and Changes in Fund Balances to th e Government-Wide Statement of Activities ........................................................................................... 17
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements .................................................................................. 19
OTHER INDEPENDENT AUDITOR ’S REPORT
Independent Auditor’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and on Compliance and Other Matters Based on an Audit of Financial Statement Performed in Accordance with Government Auditing Standards ............................................... 32
1077
This page is intentionally blank
1078
FINANCIAL SECTION
1079
Page | 1 16450 Monterey Road #5, Morgan Hill, CA 95037
Tel: 408-217-8749 • E-Fax: 408-872-4159
[email protected] • www.cnallp.com
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
To the Board of Directors of the
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Rocklin, California
Report on the Financial Statements
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of the governmental activities and each major fund of the Rocklin Public Financing Authority (the “Authority"), as of and for the year ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, and the related notes to the financial statements, which collectively comprise the Authority’s basic financial statements as listed in the table of contents.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the respective financial position of the governmental activities and each major fund of the Authority, as of June 30, 2024 and 2023 and the respective changes in financial position and, where applicable, cash flows thereof for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinions
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAS) and the standards applicable to financial audits contained in Government Auditing Standards, issued by the Comptroller General of the United States. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Authority and to meet our other ethical responsibilities, in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.
Emphasis of a Matter
Deficit Net Position
As of June 30, 2024 and 2023, the Authority's net position in its Government-wide financial statements was reported at a deficit mostly because of long-term liabilities as reported in Note 3 and deferred gains from the defeasance of long-term debt. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.
Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements Authority’s management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
1080
Page | 2 16450 Monterey Road #5, Morgan Hill, CA 95037
Tel: 408-217-8749 • E-Fax: 408-872-4159
[email protected] • www.cnallp.com
In preparing the financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Authority’s ability to continue as a going concern for twelve months beyond the financial statement date, including any currently known information that may raise substantial doubt shortly thereafter.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinions. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the financial statements.
In performing an audit in accordance with GAAS and GAGAS, we:
Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Authority’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the financial statements.
Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Authority’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.
We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control–related matters that we identified during the audit.
Required Supplementary Information
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that the management’s discussion and analysis be presented to supplement the basic financial statements. Such information, although not a part of the basic financial statements, is required by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board who considers it to be an essential part of financial reporting for placing the basic financial statements in an appropriate operational, economic, or historical context. We have applied certain limited procedures to the required supplementary information in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which consisted of inquiries of 1081
Page | 3 16450 Monterey Road #5, Morgan Hill, CA 95037
Tel: 408-217-8749 • E-Fax: 408-872-4159
[email protected] • www.cnallp.com
management about the methods of preparing the information and comparing the information for consistency with management’s responses to our inquiries, the basic financial statements, and other knowledge we obtained during our audit of the basic financial statements. We do not express an opinion or provide any assurance on the information because the limited procedures do not provide us with sufficient evidence to express an opinion or provide any assurance.
Other Reporting Required by Government Auditing Standards In accordance with Government Auditing Standards, we have also issued our report dated November 18, 2024, on our consideration of the Authority’s internal control over financial reporting and on our tests of its compliance with certain provisions of laws, regulations, contracts, and grant agreements and other matters. The purpose of that report is to describe the scope of our testing of internal control over financial reporting and compliance and the results of that testing, and not to provide an opinion on internal control over financial reporting or on compliance. That report is an integral part of an audit performed in accordance with Government Auditing Standards in considering the Authority’s internal control over financial reporting and compliance.
November 18, 2024
Morgan Hill, California
1082
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION
AND ANALYSIS
1083
Rocklin Public Financing Authority Management’s Discussion and Analysis
INTRODUCTION
The Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is an integral component of the Authority’s Annual Financial Report, as shown in the overview below. The purpose of the MD&A is to present a discussion and analysis of the Authority’s financial performance for the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2024. This information, presented in conjunction with the Basic Financial Statements, is intended to provide a comprehensive understanding of the Authority’s operations and financial standing.
Required Components of the Annual Financial Report
THE BASIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Basic Financial Statements are comprised of 1) Government-wide (Authority-wide) Financial Statements, and; 2) Fund Financial Statements. These two sets of financial statements provide the reader two different perspectives of the Authority's financial activities and financial position.
Government-wide Financial Statements provide a longer-term view of the Authority's activities as a whole, and comprise the Statement of Net Position and the Statement of Activities. The Statement of Net Position provides information about the financial position of the Authority as a whole, including all its capital assets and long-term liabilities on a full accrual basis, similar to that used by corporations. The Statement of Activities provides information about all the Authority's revenues and its expenses, also on a full accrual basis, with the emphasis on measuring net revenues and/or expenses for each of the Authority's programs.
The Statement of Activitiesexplains in detail the change in Net Positionfor the fiscal year.
All of the Authority's activities are required to be grouped into government activities and business-type activities. The entire amount in the Statement of Net Position and the Statement of Activities are also required to be separated into governmental activities or business-type activities in order to distinguish between these two types of activities of the Authority.
Fund Financial Statements report the Authority's operations in more detail than the government-wide statements and focus primarily on the short-term activities of the Authority's general fund and other major funds. The Fund Financial Statements measure only current revenues and expenditures and fund balances; they exclude capital assets, long-term debt, and other long-term amounts.
Management’s
Discussion & Analysis
Government-Wide
Financial Statements
Fund
Financial Statements
Notes to the
Financial Statements
Basic
Financial Statements
1084
Rocklin Public Financing Authority Management’s Discussion and Analysis
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Financial Statements provide additional information that is essential to a full understanding of the data provided in the government-wide and fund financial statements. The notes can be found immediately following the fund financial statements.
GOVERNMENT-WIDE FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
The following table summarized the Authority’s ending net position:
Dollar Percent
2024 2023 Change Change 2022
Assets
Current 1,105,003$ 1,602,199$ (497,196)$ -31.0% 2,088,247$ Total Assets 1,105,003$ 1,602,199$ (497,196)$ -31.0% 2,088,247$ Liabilities
Current 516,181$ 508,623$ 7,558$ 1.5% 501,348$ Noncurrent liabilities 521,002 1,029,183 (508,181) -49.4% 1,526,806 Total Liabilities 1,037,183$ 1,537,806$ (500,623)$ -32.6% 2,028,154$ Deferred Inflows of Resources 663,305$ 884,408$ (221,103)$ -25.0% 1,105,511$ Net Position
Restricted 68,364$ 68,193$ 171$ 0.3% 68,025$ Unrestricted (663,849) (888,208) 224,359 25.3% (1,113,443) Total Net Position (595,485)$ (820,015)$ 224,530$ 27.4% (1,045,418)$ Table 1 - Net Position
The changes in current assets, total liabilities and deferred inflow of resources were the results of scheduled debt service payments and the amortization of deferred gains from defeasance. 1085
Rocklin Public Financing Authority Management’s Discussion and Analysis
GOVERNMENTAL ACTIVITIES
An analysis of the changes in revenues, special items, and expenses by type of significant events follows:
Dollar Percent
Functions/Programs 2024 2023 Change Change 2022
General Revenues and Special Items
Investment earnings 249,644$ 260,341$ (10,697)$ -4.1% 271,630$ Total General Revenues and Special Items 249,644 260,341 (10,697) -4.1% 271,630 Expenses
Interest and fiscal charges 25,114 34,938 (9,824) -28.1% 46,357 Total Expenses 25,114 34,938 (9,824) -28.1% 46,357 Increase / (Decrease) in Net Position 224,530 225,403 (873) 0.4% 225,273 Net Position, Beginning of Year (820,015) (1,045,418) 225,403 -21.6% (1,270,691) Net Position, End of Year (595,485)$ (820,015)$ 224,530$ -27.4% (1,045,418)$ Table 2 - Statement of Changes in Net Position
Significant changes in governmental revenues consisted of the following:
Investment earnings accounted for 100% of all revenue. Interest rates on Authority investments are predetermined and, therefore, subject to limited interest rate risk, providing a stable revenue source for the Authority.
DEBT ADMINISTRATION
The following table summarizes the Authority’s debt at the end of the year:
2024 2023 Dollar Change % Change 2022
Bank Loan -
RPFA Refunding 1,029,183$ 1,526,806$ (497,623)$ -32.6% 2,013,154$ Table 3 - Long-Term Debt
Additional detail and information on long-term debt activity is described in the notes to the financial statements (Note 3).
BUDGETARY HIGHLIGHTS
Changes from the Authority's original budget to the final budget are detailed in the Required Supplementary Information Section along with a comparison to actual activity for the year ended.
Changes to the Authority's budget that increase appropriations in a fund must be approved by a resolution of the Board. Appropriations did not change during the year. The adopted and final expenditure budget was $525,900.
1086
Rocklin Public Financing Authority Management’s Discussion and Analysis
REQUEST FOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION
This financial report is designed to provide our customers and creditors a general overview of the Rocklin Public Financing Authority's finances and seeks to demonstrate the Authority's accountability for the money it receives. Questions concerning any of the information provided in this report or requests for additional information should be addressed to the Deputy Director of Administrative Services, 3970 Rocklin Road, Rocklin, California, 95677.
1087
This page intentionally left blank
1088
BASIC FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
1089
This page intentionally left blank
1090
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Statement of Net Position
June 30, 2024 and 2023
2024 2023
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and investments 7,456$ 7,200$
Restricted cash and investments 1,097,547 1,594,999 Total Assets 1,105,003$ 1,602,199$
LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities:
Interest payable 8,000$ 11,000$
Long-term debt - due within one year 508,181 497,623 Total Current Liabilities 516,181 508,623
Noncurrent Liabilities:
Long-term debt - due after one year 521,002 1,029,183 Total Liabilities 1,037,183$ 1,537,806$
DEFERRED INFLOWS OF RESOURCES
Deferred Gain on Early Defeasance of Long-Term Debt 663,305$ 884,408$
NET POSITION
Restricted 68,364$ 68,193$
Unrestricted (663,849) (888,208)
Total Net Position (595,485)$ (820,015)$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Governmental Activities
1091
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Statement of Activities
For the year ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Functions/Programs 2024 2023
Governmental Activities
Expenses:
Interest and fiscal charges (25,114) $ (34,938) $ General Revenues:
Investment earnings 249,644 260,341
Change in Net Position 224,530 225,403
Net Position - Beginning of Year (820,015) (1,045,418) Net Position - End of Year (595,485) $ (820,015) $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Net (Expense) Revenue and
Change in Net Position
1092
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Balance Sheet
Governmental Funds
June 30, 2024 and 2023
2024 2023
ASSETS
Cash and investments 7,456$ 7,200$
Restricted cash and investments 1,097,547 1,594,999 Total assets 1,105,003$ 1,602,199$
FUND BALANCE
Restricted for debt service 1,105,003$ 1,602,199$
Total fund balance 1,105,003$ 1,602,199$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 1093
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Reconciliation of the Governmental Funds Balance Sheet
to the Government-Wide Statement of Net Position
June 30, 2024 and 2023
2024 2023
Total Fund Balances - Total Governmental Funds 1,105,003$ 1,602,199 $ Amounts reported for governmental activities in the statement of net position were different because:
Interest payable on long-term debt did not require current financial resources. Therefore, interest payable was not reported as a liability in Governmental Funds Balance Sheet. (8,000) (11,000) Long-term debt defeasances are reported in the funds as other financing uses based on cash payments related to the repayment of debt. However, the difference between the refunded debt and the refunding debt is reported as a deferred gain or loss in the government-wide statement of net position. (663,305) (884,408)
Long-term obligations were not due and payable in the current period. Therefore, they were not reported in the Governmental Funds Balance Sheet. The long-term liabilities were adjusted as follows:
Pacific Premier bank loan (1,029,183) (1,526,806) Net Position of Governmental Activities (595,485)$ (820,015) $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 1094
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances For the year ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
2024 2023
REVENUES
Use of money and property 28,541$ 39,238$
Total Revenues 28,541 39,238
EXPENDITURES
Debt service:
Principal 497,623 486,348
Interest and fiscal charges 28,114 38,938
Total Expenditures 525,737 525,286
Excess (Deficiency) of Revenues over Expenditures (497,196) (486,048) Net Change in Fund Balances (497,196) (486,048)
Fund Balances Beginning 1,602,199 2,088,247
Fund Balances Ending 1,105,003$ 1,602,199$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 1095
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Reconciliation of the Governmental Funds Statement of Revenues, Expenditures and Changes in Fund Balances to the Government-Wide Statement of Activities
For the year ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
2024 2023
Net Change in Fund Balances - Total Governmental Funds (497,196)$ (486,048) $ Amounts reported for governmental activities in the Statement of Activities and Changes in net position were different because:
Repayment of long-term debt was an expenditure in governmental funds, but the repayment reduced long-term liabilities in the Government-Wide Statement of net position. 497,623 486,348 In governmental funds, deferred gain on early retirement of long-term debt is recognized as other finances uses. In the government-wide statements, the deferred gain on early retirement of long-term debt is amortized over the life of the debt. The difference between other financing uses and amortization is: 221,103 221,103 Interest expense on long-term debt was reported in the Government-Wide Statement of Activities and Changes in net position, but it did not require the use of current financial resources. Therefore, interest expense was not reported as expenditures in governmental funds. The following amount represented the net change in accrued interest from from prior year. 3,000 4,000
Change in Net Position of Governmental Activities 224,530$ 225,403 $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 1096
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
1097
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES On December 13, 1994, pursuant to Article 1 of Chapter 5 of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code of the State of California, the City of Rocklin (City) authorized the formation of a joint powers authority with the former Rocklin Redevelopment Agency to be known as the Rocklin Public Financing Authority (Authority).
The Authority is governed by a Board consisting of members of the City Council. Oversight responsibility, the ability to conduct independent financial affairs, issue debt instruments, approve budgets, and otherwise influence operations and account for fiscal matters is exercised by the Authority's governing board. The Authority is a blended component unit of the City for financial reporting purposes and the accompanying basic financial statements reflect the assets, liabilities, fund balances/net position, revenues, and expenditures/expenses of the Authority only.
The basic financial statements of the Authority have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as applied to governmental agencies. The Governmental Accounting Standards Boards (GASB) is the accepted standard setting body for establishing governmental accounting and financial reporting principles. The more significant of the Authority's accounting policies are described below.
A. Financial Reporting Entity
As defined by GASB Statement No. 39, The Financial Reporting Entity, the Authority is not financially accountable for any other entity other than itself, nor are there any other entities for which the nature and significance of their relationship with the Authority are such that exclusion would cause the Authority’s financial statements to be misleading or incomplete.
B. Basis of Presentation, Accounting and Measurement Focus The accounts of the Authority are organized and accounted for in a governmental type debt service fund, which is considered a separate accounting entity. This debt service fund was established to account for the debt service activity of the Public Financing authority. The operations of a fund are accounted for with a separate set of self-balancing accounts that comprise its assets, liabilities, fund equity, revenues, and expenditures or expenses, as appropriate. Governmental resources are allocated to and accounted for in a fund based upon the purposes for which they are to be spent and the means by which spending activities are controlled.
Government-Wide Financial Statements
The Authority's government-wide financial statements include a Statement of Net Position and a Statement of Activities. These statements present summaries of governmental activities for the Authority.
These statements are presented on an "economic resources" measurement focus and the accrual basis of accounting. Accordingly, all of the Authority's assets, deferred outflows of resources, liabilities, deferred inflows of resources (including capital assets, as well as infrastructure assets, and long-term liabilities), are included in the accompanying Statement of Net Position, as applicable. The Statement of Activities presents changes in net position. Under the accrual basis of accounting, revenues are recognized in the period in which they are earned while expenses are recognized in the period in which the liability is incurred. The Statement of Activities demonstrates the degree to which the direct expenses of a given function or segment is offset by program revenues. Direct expenses are those clearly identifiable with a specific function or segment.
1098
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
Governmental Fund Financial Statements
Governmental fund financial statements include a Balance Sheet and a Statement of Revenues, Expenditures and Changes in Fund Balances for the Authority’s one major governmental fund. An accompanying schedule is presented to reconcile and explain the differences in fund balance as presented in these statements to the net position presented in the government-wide financial statements.
All governmental funds are accounted for on a spending or "current financial resources" measurement focus and the modified accrual basis of accounting. Accordingly, only current assets, deferred outflows of resources, current liabilities, and deferred inflows of resources are included on the balance sheets, as applicable. The Statement of Revenues, Expenditures and Changes in Fund Balances present increases (revenues and other financing sources) and decreases (expenditures and other financing uses) in net current assets.
Under the modified accrual basis of accounting, revenues are recognized in the accounting period in which they become both measurable and available to finance expenditures of the current period.
Accordingly, revenues are recorded when received in cash, except that revenues subject to accrual (up to 60 days after year-end) are recognized when due. Expenditures are recorded in the accounting period in which the related fund liability is incurred.
Unearned revenues arise when potential revenues do not meet both the "measurable" and "available" criteria for recognition in the current period. Unearned revenues also arise when the government receives resources before it has a legal claim to them, as when grant monies are received prior to incurring qualifying expenditures. In subsequent periods when both revenue recognition criteria are met or when the government has a legal claim to the resources, the unearned revenue is removed from the combined balance sheet and revenue is recognized.
C. Cash Deposits and Investments
For the purposes of the Statement of Net Position, “cash and investments” includes all demand, savings accounts, and certificates of deposits, or short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less.
The City has oversight responsibility for all Authority cash and investments.
The California Government Code requires California banks and savings and loan associations to secure government cash deposits by pledging securities as collateral. This Code states that collateral pledged in this manner shall have the effect of perfecting a security interest in such collateral superior to those of a general creditor. Thus, collateral is considered to be held in the government’s name.
Investments are recorded at fair value in accordance with GASB Statement No. 72, Fair Value Measurement and Application. Accordingly, the change in fair value of investments is recognized as an increase or decrease to investment assets and investment income. 1099
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction. In determining this amount, three valuation techniques are available:
Market approach - This approach uses prices generated for identical or similar assets or liabilities.
The most common example is an investment in a public security traded in an active exchange such as the NYSE.
Cost approach - This technique determines the amount required to replace the current asset. This approach may be ideal for valuing donations of capital assets or historical treasures. Income approach - This approach converts future amounts (such as cash flows) into a current discounted amount.
Each of these valuation techniques requires inputs to calculate a fair value. Observable inputs have been maximized in fair value measures, and unobservable inputs have been minimized.
D. Deferred Outflows/Deferred Inflows
Deferred outflows of resources is a consumption of net position by the Authority that is applicable to a future reporting period; for example, prepaid items and deferred charges. Deferred inflows of resources is an acquisition of net position by the Authority that is applicable to a future reporting period; for example, advance collections or deferred gains from the early defeasance of long-term debt.
E. Interest Payable
In the government-wide financial statements, interest payable for long-term debt is recognized as an incurred liability. In the fund financial statements, governmental fund types do not recognize the interest payable when the liability is incurred. Interest on long-term debt is recorded in the fund statements when the payment is made.
F. Long-Term Debt
All long-term debt to be repaid from governmental resources is reported as liabilities in the government- wide statements. The Long-term debt consists of a bank loan from Pacific Premier Bank.
Long-term debt for governmental funds is not reported as liabilities in the fund financial statements. The debt proceeds are reported as revenue and payment of principal and interest reported as expenditures.
G. Fund Balances
In accordance with GASB Statement No. 54, Fund Balance Reporting and Governmental Fund Type Definitions, the Authority classifies governmental fund balances as follows:
Nonspendable
Nonspendable fund balance includes fund balance amounts that cannot be sp ent either because it is not in spendable form or because of legal or contractual constraints.
Restricted
Restricted fund balance includes fund balance amounts that are constrained for specific purposes which are externally imposed by providers, such as creditors or amounts constrained due to constitutional provisions or enabling legislation.
1100
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
Committed
Committed fund balance includes fund balance amounts th at are constrained for specific purposes that are internally imposed by the government through formal action of the highest level of decision making authority and does not lapse at year-end. Comm itted fund balances are imposed by the Authority’s governing board.
Assigned
Assigned fund balance includes fund balance amounts th at are intended to be used for specific purposes that are neither considered restricted or committe d. Fund balance may be assigned by the Authority Manager.
Unassigned
The Unassigned fund balance category represents fund ba lance which may be held for specific types of uses or stabilization purposes, but is not yet directed to be used for a specific purpose. The detail of amounts reported for each of the above defined fund balance categories is reported in the governmental funds balance.
Flow Assumption / Spending Order Policy
When expenditures are incurred for purposes for which both restricted and unrestricted fund balances are available, the Authority considers restricted funds to be spent first. When expenditures are incurred for which committed, assigned, or unassigned fund balan ces are available, the Authority considers amounts to be spent first out of committed funds, then assi gned funds, and finally unassigned funds, as needed, unless the Authority’s governing board has directed otherwise.
H. Net Position
In the government-wide financial statements, net position is classified in the following categories:
Net Investment in Capital Assets
This amount consists of capital assets net of accumu lated depreciation and reduced by outstanding debt that attributed to the acquisition, construction, or improvement of the assets. In addition, deferred outflows of resources and deferred inflows of resources that are attributable to the acquisition, construction, or improvement of those assets or relate d debt also are included in the net investment in capital assets component of net position. The Authority did not report any capital assets at the end of the year.
Restricted Net Position
This amount is restricted by external creditors, granto rs, contributors, or laws or regulations of other governments. Certain proceeds from debt are reporte d as restricted net position because their use is limited by applicable debt or other covenants.
Unrestricted Net Position
This amount is all net position that does not meet th e definition of "net investment in capital assets" or "restricted net position."
The detail of amounts reported for each of the above defined net position categories is reported in the government-wide Statement of Net Position.
1101
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
Use of Restricted/Unrestricted Net Position
When an expense is incurred for purposes for which both restricted and unrestricted net position are available, the Authority's policy is to apply restricted net position first.
I. Budgets
Budgets are prepared on the modified accrual basis of accounting, in which debt principal and interest, and capital assets acquired are recorded as expenditures and depreciation is not recorded.
The Authority follows these procedures in establishing the budgetary data reflected in the financial statements:
1. By May 15, management recommends to the Board a proposed operating budget for the year commencing July 1. The operating budget includes proposed expenditures and the means of financing them.
2. The budget is legally enacted through passage of a motion during a Board meeting prior to the commencement of the new fiscal year.
3. The Board approves all budget transfers and revisions.
4. Formal budgeting is employed as a management control device during the year.
5. Budgets for the Debt Service Fund are adopted on a basis consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP).
Budgeted amounts are as originally adopted or as amended by the Board. There were no amendments recorded for the fiscal year.
J. Use of Estimates
The preparation of basic financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.
K. Comparative Data
Comparative data for the prior year has been presented in the accompanying financial statements in order to provide an understanding of changes in the government's financial position and operations.
L. Implemented Accounting Pronouncements
GASB Statement No. 100, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—an amendment of GASB Statement No. 62
This Statement defines accounting changes as changes in accounting principles, changes in accounting estimates, and changes to or within the financial reporting entity and describes the transactions or other events that constitute those changes. This Statement also prescribes the accounting and financial reporting for (1) each type of accounting change and (2) error corrections in previously issued financial statements.
The requirements of this Statement are effective for accounting changes and error corrections made in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2023, and all reporting periods thereafter. This statement did not have a material impact on the financial statements.
1102
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
M. Upcoming Accounting and Reporting Changes
The Authority is currently analyzing its accounting practices to determine the potential impact on the financial statements of the following recent GASB Statements:
GASB Statement No. 101, Compensated Absences
This Statement requires that liabilities for compensated absences be recognized for (1) leave that has not been used and (2) leave that has been used but not yet paid in cash or settled through noncash means. A liability should be recognized for leave that has not been used if (a) the leave is attributable to services already rendered, (b) the leave accumulates, and (c) the leave is more likely than not to be used for time off or otherwise paid in cash or settled through noncash means. Leave is attributable to services already rendered when an employee has performed the services required to earn the leave. Leave that accumulates is carried forward from the reporting period in which it is earned to a future reporting period during which it may be used for time off or otherwise paid or settled. In estimating the leave that is more likely than not to be used or otherwise paid or settled, a government should consider relevant factors such as employment policies related to compensated absences and historical information about the use or payment of compensated absences. However, leave that is more likely than not to be settled through conversion to defined benefit postemployment benefits should not be included in a liability for compensated absences.
This Statement requires that a liability for certain types of compensated absences—including parental leave, military leave, and jury duty leave—not be recognized until the leave commences. This Statement also requires that a liability for specific types of compensated absences not be recognized until the leave is used. A liability for leave that has been used but not yet paid or settled should be measured at the amount of the cash payment or noncash settlement to be made. Certain salary-related payments that are directly and incrementally associated with payments for leave also should be included in the measurement of the liabilities.
The requirements of this Statement are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and all reporting periods thereafter.
GASB Statement No. 102, Certain Risk Disclosures
This Statement requires a government to assess whether a concentration or constraint makes the primary government reporting unit or other reporting units that report a liability for revenue debt vulnerable to the risk of a substantial impact. Additionally, this Statement requires a government to assess whether an event or events associated with a concentration or constraint that could cause the substantial impact have occurred, have begun to occur, or are more likely than not to begin to occur within 12 months of the date the financial statements are issued.
If a government determines that those criteria for disclosure have been met for a concentration or constraint, it should disclose information in notes to financial statements in sufficient detail to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature of the circumstances disclosed and the government’s vulnerability to the risk of a substantial impact. The disclosure should include descriptions for (1) the concentration or constraint (2) each event associated with the concentration or constraint that could cause a substantial impact if the event had occurred or had begun to occur prior to the issuance of the financial statements (3) actions taken by the government prior to the issuance of the financial 1103
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
statements to mitigate the risk. The requirements of this Statement are effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2024, and all reporting periods thereafter.
GASB Statement No. 103, Financial Reporting Model Improvements This Statement is to improve key components of the financial reporting model to enhance its effectiveness in providing information that is essential for decision making and assessing a government’s accountability.
This Statement establishes new accounting and financial reporting requirements or modifies existing requirements related to (a) Management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A) (b) Unusual or infrequent items (c) Presentation of the proprietary fund statement of revenues, expenses, and changes in fund net position (d) Information about major component units in basic financial statements (5) Budgetary comparison information (6) Financial trend information in the statistical section The requirements of this Statement are effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2025, and all reporting periods thereafter.
NOTE 2 - CASH AND INVESTMENTS
As of June 30, 2024, cash and investments were reported in the financial statements as follows:
Total
Cash and
Unrestricted Restricted Investments
Cash held with City of Rocklin 7,456$ -$ 7,456$ Bank money market accounts - 68,364 68,364 Special assessment loan investments - 1,029,183 1,029,183 Total cash and investments 7,456$ 1,097,547$ 1,105,003$ Fair Value
As of June 30, 2023, cash and investments were reported in the financial statements as follows:
Total
Cash and
Unrestricted Restricted Investments
Cash held with City of Rocklin 7,200$ -$ 7,200$ Bank money market accounts - 68,193 68,193 Special assessment loan investments - 1,526,806 1,526,806 Total cash and investments 7,200$ 1,594,999$ 1,602,199$ Fair Value
A. Cash Deposits
The California Government Code requires California banks and savings and loan associations to secure the Authority's cash deposits by pledging securities as collateral. This Code states that collateral pledged in this manner shall have the effect of perfecting a security interest, and places the Authority ahead of general creditors of the institution.
1104
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
The market value of pledged securities must equal at least 110 percent of the Authority's cash deposits.
California law also allows institutio ns to secure Authority deposits by pl edging first trust deed mortgage notes that have a value of 150 percent of the Author ity's total cash deposits. The Authority has waived the collateral requirements for cash deposits which are fully insured to $250,000 by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
B. Safekeeping
Securities purchased from broker-dealers are held in third party safekeeping by the trust department of the broker-dealer or other designated third party trust in the Authority/City’s name and control, whenever possible.
C. Investment
Loans to CFD’s No. 6, No. 8 and No. 9 (special assessments) are investment s of the Authority. The balance as of June 30, 2024 and 2023 was $1,029,183 and 1,526,806, respectively.
D. Investment Policies
Under the provisions of the Authority's investment policy, and in accordance with California Government Code, the following investments are authorized:
Category Standard
U.S. Treasuries No portfolio limit; 5 years max maturity Federal Agencies No portfolio limit; 20% max callable federal agency securities; 30% max per institution/issuer; 5 years max maturity
Supranational Obligations "AA" rated or better by a NRSRO; 30% portfolio max; 10% max per institution/issuer; 5 years max maturity; USD denominated senior unsecured unsubordinated obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by IBRD, IFC, or IADB; Eli
gible for purchase and sale within the U.S.
Municipal Securities (CA, Other States) "A" rating category or better by a NRSRO; 30% portfolio max; 5% max per institution; 5 years max maturity
Corporate Medium Term Notes "A" rating category or better by a NRSRO; 30% portfolio max; 5% max per institution/issuer; 5 years max maturity; Issued by corporations organized and operating within the U.S. or by depository institutions licensed by the U.S. or any state and
o
perating within the U.S.
Mortgage-Backed Securities "AA" rating category or better by a NRSRO; 20% portfolio max; 5% max per institution/issuer; 5 years max maturity; Mortgage
Pass-Through Securities, Collateralized Mortgage Obligations, Asset-Backed, or Mortgage-Backed bonds
Negotiable Certificates of Deposit (NCD) The amount invested in NCDs subject to limitations of California Government Code; Any amount above the FDIC insured limit must be issued by institutions which have short-term debt obligations rated “A-1” or better by a NRSRO; or long-term obligations rated “A” or its equivalent or better by a NRSRO; 30% portfolio max (combined with CDARS); 5% max per institution/ issuer; 5 years max maturit
y
1105
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
Category Standard
Time Deposits (Non-negotiable CD/TD) 20% portfolio max; Max per institution/issuer limited to maximum covered under federal insurance; 5 years max maturity; Non-negotiable time deposits FDIC or collateralized in accordance with California Government Code and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA)
Collateralized Bank Deposits No portfolio limit; deposits with financial institutions will be collat eralized with pledged securities per California Government Code, Section 53651 Banker’s Acceptances Short-term debt obligations "A-1" rating category or better by a NRSRO or long- term debt obligations "A" rating category or better by a NRSRO; 40% portfolio max; 5% max per institution/issuer; 180 days max maturity Commercial Paper Issued by domestic corporation with assets >$500 million and having an "A-1" long-term rating or better by a NRSRO or if the issuer has other debt obligations, having an "A" long-term rating or better by a NRSRO; or Issuer organized in the U.S. as a special purpose corporation, trust, or limitied liability company with program-wide credit enhancements and an "A-1" rating or better by a NRSRO; 25% portfolio max; 5% max per institution/issuer; 10% max of the outstanding paper of the issuing corporation; 270 days maturity Money Market Mutual Funds 20% portfolio max; 20% max per shares of any one Money Market Mutual Fund; Shares of beneficial interest issued by Mutual Funds and Money Market Funds registered with SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940; Companies shall either: (i) Attain highest rating by two NRSROs; or (ii) Have an investment adviser registered with SEC with > 5 years experience investing in securities as authorized by by California Government Code, Section 53601, inclusive and with AUM >$500 million; The purchase price of shares of Mutual Funds or Money Market Funds shall not include any commission that the companies may charge
Mutual Funds 20% portfolio max; 10% max per shares of any one mutual fund; Shares of beneficial interest issued by Mutual Funds and Money Market Funds registered with SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940; Companies shall either:
(i) Attain highest rating by two NRSROs; or (ii) Have an investment adviser registered with SEC with > 5 years experience investing in securities as authorized by California Government Code, Section 53601 and with AUM >$500 million; Mutual Funds that invest in securities and obligations as authorized under California Government Code, Section 53601 (a) to (k) and (m) to (q). The purchase price of shares of Mutual Funds or Money Market Funds shall not include any commission that the companies may charge Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF) Maximum amount permitted by State law and LAIF Local Government Investment Pools 25% portfolio max in the Placer County Treasurer's Investment Pool Repurchase Agreements No portfolio limit; 1 year max maturity; 102% collateralized; Securities used as collateral for Repurchase Agreements will be delivered to an acceptable third-party custodian; Repurchase agreements are subject to a Master Repurchase Agreement (in the form developed by SIFMA) between the City and the provider of the repurchase agreement
E. Risk Disclosures
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in market interest rates will adversely affect the fair value of an investment. Generally, the longer the term of an investment’s maturity, the greater the sensitivity to changes in market interest rates.
1106
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
Credit Risk
Generally, credit risk is the risk that an issuer of an investment will not fulfill its obligation to the holder of an investment. This is measured by the assignment of a rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. As of June 30, 2024 and 2023, the Authority’s investments were in compliance with the ratings required by the Authority’s investment policy, indenture agreements and Government Code.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
The investment policy of the Authority contains no limitations on the amount that can be invested in any one issuer beyond that stipulated by the California Government Code. As of June 30, 2024 and 2023, the Authority invested 1% of its cash in money market accounts with Pacific Premier Bank and 99% in special assessment debt.
Custodial Credit Risk
For an investment, custodial credit risk is the risk that, in the event of the failure of the counterparty, the Authority will not be able to recover the value of its investments or collateral securities that are in the possession of an outside party. The California Government Code and the Authority's investment policy do not contain legal or policy requirements that would limit the exposure to custodial credit risk for investments. With respect to investments, custodial credit risk generally applies only to direct investments in marketable securities. Custodial credit risk does not apply to a local government's indirect investment in securities through the use of mutual funds or government investment pools.
F. Fair Value Measurements
GASB 72 established a hierarchy of inputs to the valuation techniques above. This hierarchy has three levels:
Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other than quoted prices that are not observable.
Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs, such as a property valuation or an appraisal.
Money market accounts were valued using Level 2 inputs and special assessment bonds were valued using Level 1 inputs.
NOTE 3 -NONCURRENT LIABILTIIES
The Authority's changes in noncurrent liabilities were as follows for the year ended June 30, 2024:
Due
Beginning Ending Within One
Description Balance Additions Deletions Balance Year
Direct Borrowing:
Pacific Premier Bank Loan - RPFA Refunding 1,526,806$ -$ 497,623$ 1,029,183$ 508,181$ 1107
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Notes to the Basic Financial Statements
June 30, 2024 and 2023
The Authority's changes in noncurrent liabilities were as follows for the year ended June 30, 2023:
Due
Beginning Ending Within One
Description Balance Additions Deletions Balance Year
Direct Borrowing:
Pacific Premier Bank Loan - RPFA Refunding 2,013,154$ -$ 486,348$ 1,526,806$ 497,623$ Rocklin Public Finance Authority Bank Loan
On July 1, 2017, the City, on behalf of Community Facilities Districts (CFD) 6, 8 and 9, agreed to borrow from the Rocklin Public Financing Authority (Authority) an amount necessary to refund 1999 CFD special tax bonds and pledged the special tax revenues levied in each CFD to the Authority. In the 2017 Special Tax Revenue Refunding Loan Agreement, the Authority agrees to borrow from Bank, the funds necessary to refund the 1999 CFD special tax bonds and in turn, refund the Authority’s 2003 refunding revenue bonds. The Bank loan is secured by a pledge of the revenues received by the Authority from the 2017 CFD loan payments. Bank has no remedy against the City if special taxpayers in the CFD's fail to make their payments. The loan was $5,000,077 at a fixed interest rate of 2.2% and matures on September 1, 2025. This loan was reported as City debt as required by GASB 62 and NCGA Statement 5. The refunding resulted in an economic gain of $1,989,923, which will be amortized over the life of the loan.
The annual debt service requirements for long-term debt was as follows:
Year Ending
June 30, Principal Interest Total
2025 508,181$ 17,052$ 525,233$
2026 521,002 5,731 526,733
Total 1,029,183$ 22,783$ 1,051,966$
NOTE 4 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lawsuits
The Authority could be exposed to certain matters of litigation that arise in the normal course of conducting Authority business. Management believes, based upon consultation with the Authority Attorney, that any cases, in the aggregate, would not be expected to result in a material adverse financial impact on the Authority.
1108
OTHER INDEPENDENT
AUDITOR’S REPORTS
1109
This page intentionally left blank
1110
16450 Monterey Road #5, Morgan Hill, CA 95037
Tel: 408-217-8749 • E-Fax: 408-872-4159
[email protected] • www.cnallp.com
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER
FINANCIAL REPORTING AND ON COMPLIANCE AND OTHER MATTERS
BASED ON AN AUDIT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PERFORMED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNMENT AUDITING STANDARDS
To the Board of Directors of the
Rocklin Public Financing Authority
Rocklin, California
We have audited, in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America and the standards applicable to financial audits contained in Government Auditing Standards issued by the Comptroller General of the United States, the financial statements of the Rocklin Public Financing Authority (the “Authority”) as of and for the year ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, and the related notes to the financial statements, which collectively comprise the Authority’s basic financial statements, and have issued our report thereon dated November 18, 2024.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. In planning and performing our audit of the financial statements, we considered the Authority’s internal control over financial reporting (internal control) to determine the audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances for the purpose of expressing our opinions on the financial statements, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Authority’s internal control. Accordingly, we do not express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Authority’s internal control.
A deficiency in internal control exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent, or detect and correct misstatements on a timely basis. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the entity’s financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those charged with governance.
Our consideration of internal control over financial reporting was for the limited purpose described in the first paragraph of this section and was not designed to identify all deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting that might be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies. Given these limitations, during our audit we did not identify any deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting that we consider to be material weaknesses. However, material weaknesses and significant deficiencies may exist that were not identified.
Compliance and Other Matters
As part of obtaining reasonable assurance about whether the Authority’s financial statements are free of material misstatement, we performed tests of its compliance with certain provisions of laws, regulations, contracts, and grant agreements, noncompliance with which could have a direct and material effect on the determination of financial statement amounts. However, providing an opinion 1111
16450 Monterey Road #5, Morgan Hill, CA 95037
Tel: 408-217-8749 • E-Fax: 408-872-4159
[email protected] • www.cnallp.com
on compliance with those provisions was not an objective of our audit, and accordingly, we do not express such an opinion. The results of our tests disclosed no instances of noncompliance or other matters that are required to be reported under Government Auditing Standards.
Purpose of this Report
The purpose of this report is solely to describe the scope of our testing of internal control and compliance and the results of that testing, and not to provide an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control or on compliance. This report is an integral part of an audit performed in accordance with Government Auditing Standards in considering the entity’s internal control and compliance. Accordingly, this communication is not suitable for any other purpose.
November 18, 2024
Morgan Hill, California
1112
City Council
Staff Report
Subject:
Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) 2025-2029
Consolidated Plan - Discussion of Priority Needs and Goals Date:
February 25, 2025
Submitted By:
Gabrielle de Farcy, Associate Management Analyst
Elizabeth Sorg, Management Analyst
Andrew Keys, Assistant City Manager
Department:
City Manager's Office
Recommendation:
Receive a Presentation on the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) 2025-2029 Consolidated Plan Proposed Priority Needs and Goals, and Provide Feedback to Staff.
Background:
The Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) program is administered by the federal Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and provides funding to states, cities and counties to develop viable urban communities by providing decent housing and a suitable living environment, and by expanding economic opportunities, principally for low- and moderate-income persons. CDBG funded activities must demonstrate that they meet one or more of the following CDBG National Objectives:
Low- and Moderate-Income Benefit: provides a benefit to low- and moderate- income persons;
Slum and/or Blight Benefit: Aids in the prevention or elimination of slums or blight; and Urgent Need: Addresses an unexpected need having a particular urgency (such as flood, fire, or earthquake).
Under the CDBG program, the City of Rocklin is an entitlement community and annually receives CDBG funding on a formula basis. To be eligible to receive CDBG funds, the City must complete a Consolidated Plan every five years and an Action Plan on an annual basis.
The Consolidated Plan is a comprehensive planning document that serves as a guide for the use of CDBG funding during the five-year plan period. Each year, the Annual Action Plan establishes annual CDBG funding allocations and goals.
The CDBG program operates under income limits established annually by HUD. CDBG funded activities must primarily benefit low- and moderate-income households defined as persons from households at or below 80% of Area Median Income (AMI), adjusted for family size. The City is a part of the Sacramento-Roseville-Arden-Arcade, CA Metropolitan Statistical Item Number D1.
1113
Area (MSA) and the CDBG program uses the following income limits to determine project eligibility.
Sacramento/Roseville/Arden Arcade CA MSA
2024 HUD Low- and Moderate-Income Limits
Household Size
Extremely Low-
Income
(30% of AMI)
Very Low-Income
(50% of AMI)
Low- and Moderate-
Income (80% of AMI)
1 Persons
$24,750
$41,300
$66,050
2 Persons
$28,300
$47,150
$75,450
3 Persons
$31,850
$53,050
$84,900
4 Persons
$35,350
$58,950
$94,300
5 Persons
$38,200
$63,650
$101,850
6 Persons
$41,050
$68,400
$109,400
7 Persons
$43,850
$73,100
$116,950
8 Persons
$46,700
$77,850
$124,500
Effective May 1, 2024
The five-year Consolidated Plan analyzes community needs, market conditions, and existing funding sources to develop strategies for the use of CDBG funds. Based on prior years’ awards, it is estimated that the City will receive approximately $280,000 per year, or a total of $1,400,000 in CDBG funds over the Consolidated Plan period. The City is limited by CDBG regulation to spending no more than 15% of annual funding for public services and no more than 20% for administration of the CDBG program.
The Consolidated Planning process included the distribution of an online community needs survey, public meetings held on November 5, November 13, and December 5, 2024, as well as consultations with local service providers. The survey and the meetings were noticed on the City’s website, in the Placer Herald, through social media, and by email to interested parties and stakeholders. Stakeholders included nonprofit organizations, affordable housing providers, service providers, government agencies, and advocacy organizations, all of whom work with low- and moderate-income members of the community. Service providers were also asked to complete questionnaires regarding the specific needs of their clients. The Roseville and Placer County Housing Authorities provided information regarding the families they serve, and the Roseville/Rocklin/Placer Continuum of Care provided information regarding persons at risk of, or experiencing, homelessness in the City. The Consolidated Plan includes an analysis of data from the U.S. Census American Community Survey (ACS) and other relevant information regarding the needs of low- and moderate-income residents. Information from the City’s 2021-2029 Housing Element is also reflected in the Plan.
Once the draft five-year Consolidated Plan and Annual Action Plan are completed, they will be made available for public comment for a minimum of 30 days prior to the City Council public hearing.
Draft Consolidated Plan Priority Needs
The Consolidated Plan must identify “High Priority Needs” and “Low Priority Needs” for the next five years. The City receives a limited amount of CDBG funding each year and the 1114
recommended Priority Needs take into consideration available funding and other resources that may be available to address needs, as well as the public comment and information received from the outreach efforts described. The following Priority Needs are recommended for inclusion in the Consolidated Plan:
High Priority Needs
Services for low- and moderate-income youth, seniors and those providing food and nutrition services
. These services were identified as priority concerns during Public Community Meetings, by respondents to the Community Needs Survey and through consultation with local service providers. The census ACS indicates that Rocklin is home to 1,903 low- and moderate-income households with children and 7,950 low- and moderate-income households with a member age 62 or older.
Addressing housing instability
. Housing instability was identified as a high priority need during Public Community Meetings, by respondents to the Community Needs Survey and through consultation with local service providers. The census ACS estimates that there are 2,190 low- and moderate-income households paying in excess of 50% of household income towards housing costs, which indicates they are at imminent risk of homelessness. The 2024 Placer County Point-in-Time Homeless Count found 39 homeless individuals living in the City.
Services for survivors of domestic violence, sexual assault or trafficking . Services for
these individuals were identified as a high priority need through consultation with local service providers. Many noted that these experiences can lead to mental health issues, substance use issues, loss of income and housing instability.
Low Priority Needs
Homeowner housing rehabilitation
. Rehabilitation assistance for lower-income
homeowners was noted as a need by respondents of the Community Needs Survey, especially for improving accessibility for seniors and persons with disabilities. The first goal in the 2021-2029 Rocklin Housing Element is to maintain and improve the quality of existing housing and residential neighborhoods. The census ACS identifies 1,135 low- and moderate-income homeowner households in Rocklin.
Public infrastructure accessibility/safety
. Infrastructure Improvements for Lower--Income
Neighborhoods was noted as a high need by respondents of the Community Needs Survey. The Public Works Department has identified barriers to pedestrian safety and accessibility located in census tracts and census block groups that are eligible for CDBG funding based on the percentage of low- and moderate-income residents.
Support economic opportunity
. Assistance to low- and moderate-income microenterprise business owners was noted as a priority need during Public Community meetings and employment assistance was identified as a high need in the Community Needs Survey.
Draft Consolidated Plan Goals
The Consolidated Plan must identify goals that address the Priority Needs over the five-year planning period. Recommended goals are:
1115
Goal
Estimated Five-Year Funding
Outcome Indicator
Provide services to meet the
needs of low- and moderate-
income seniors
$30,000
300 seniors assisted
Provide services and shelter to
survivors of domestic violence,
sexual assault and trafficking
situations.
$30,000
50 persons assisted
Provide services to meet the
needs of low- and moderate-
income youth and families with
children.
$40,000
30 youth assisted
Provide meal delivery for
seniors and persons with
disabilities, and provide
access to food and nutrition
services for low- and
moderate-income households.
$50,000
300 low- and moderate-income
persons assisted
Provide services to vulnerable
households to reduce housing
instability and the risk of
homelessness. Provide
assistance to persons
experiencing homelessness to
move toward housing stability.
$60,000
200 persons at risk or
experiencing homelessness
assisted
Provide financial and technical
assistance to low- and
moderate-income homeowners
to complete accessibility
improvements and/or
rehabilitation. Support aging in
place for elderly households
and accessibility for persons
with mobility impairment.
$300,000
6 homeowner housing units
adapted for accessibility or
rehabilitated
Improve streets and sidewalks
in low- and moderate-income
neighborhoods to enhance
pedestrian safety and reduce
architectural barriers for
persons with mobility
impairments.
$530,000
1,000 residents of low- and
moderate-income
neighborhoods assisted
1116
Provide financial and/or
technical assistance support to
low- and moderate-income
microenterprise business
owners to improve their
earning capacity. Provide
financial support to businesses
that create and/or retain jobs
for low- and moderate-income
persons. Support programs
that provide job readiness
skills for low- and moderate-
income youth and
underemployed adults.
$100,000
5 businesses assisted
30 persons provided job
readiness skills
Funding and outcome indicators are based on prior years' allocations as well as the fact that CDBG funding is limited to spending no more than 15% of annual funding for public services.
All CDBG funded activities for years 2025 through 2029 must be consistent with the Priority Needs and Goals established in the 2025-2029 Consolidated Plan and comply with all HUD regulations governing the program. The 2025-2026 Annual Action Plan will identify the specific activities the City will undertake during the Program Year and subsequent Action Plans will be adopted for each respective year of the Consolidated Plan. As of the date of this report, HUD has not announced allocations for 2025, but recent allocations have been approximately $280,000 per year.
Eligible subrecipients that have requested funding for the 2025-2026 Program Year would need to meet one or more of the recommended Priority Needs and Goals in the 2025-2029 Consolidated Plan. The City received applications for 2025-2026 CDBG funding from December 13, 2024 through January 24, 2025. Eight applications were received requesting a total of $181,500. Staff are currently reviewing applications to determine eligibility and amount of funding to be recommended.
Next Steps
Staff will incorporate the feedback and funding recommendations received during the February 25, 2025 City Council discussion into the Annual Action Plan that will be made available for public comment for a minimum of 30 days prior to the City Council public hearing and adoption in time for submission to HUD by the May 15, 2025 deadline. Agreements with all subrecipients will specify that Rocklin funds must be utilized to assist Rocklin residents.
Fiscal Impact:
There is no impact to the General Fund to approve staff’s recommendations. Approving the 2025-2029 Consolidated Plan is necessary in order for the City to receive CDBG Entitlement Funds from HUD and CDBG funding will be included in the City’s proposed FY 2025-2027 Budget.
1117
City Council
Staff Report
Subject:
Fiscal Year 2024/25 Second Quarter: Financial Report and Strategic Plan Update
Date:
February 25, 2025
Submitted By:
Zonousia Lee, Budget Officer
Daniel Choe, Administrative Services Deputy Director
Department:
Administrative Services - Finance
Recommendation:
A
.
Adopt a Resolution of the City Council of the City of Rocklin Accepting the Quarterly Financial Reports for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2024, and Amending the Fiscal Year 2024/25 Operating Budget.
B
.
Receive an Update on the 2023-2025 Strategic Plan Regarding Progress Made on the Work Plan for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2024.
Background:
Fiscal Year (FY) 2024/25 Second Quarter Financial Report The quarterly financial report (Attachment 2) provides an overview of the City of Rocklin's current financial position. The City’s departments and the Finance Division evaluate budget-to- actual performance to ensure fiscal stability, identify potential concerns, recommend necessary adjustments, and implement operational changes as required. This process ensures that the City remains financially sound while proactively addressing any emerging issues.
Other FY 2024/25 Second Quarter Adjustments
During the quarterly financial review, staff identified necessary adjustments to the FY 2024/25 Operating Budget to ensure alignment with staffing needs and budgetary requirements. The budget amendments are detailed in Exhibit B to the Resolution (Attachment 3).
FY 2023/24 General Fund Excess Resources
Following the completion of the annual financial audit, staff identified a one-time General Fund surplus of approximately $7.89 million for Fiscal Year (FY) 2023/24, primarily due to higher- than-budgeted revenues, such as sales tax and interest earnings, coupled with operational savings resulting primarily from vacant positions.
Item Number D2.
1118
Each year, as part of the budget adoption process, the City Council reaffirms the Key Management Practices (KMP), which outlines the reserve policy and provide guidance on how surplus fund should be allocated. In accordance with the reserve policy, 5% of the current fiscal year’s General Fund revenue budget is automatically allocated to City reserves without further City Council approval. The remaining surplus may be used for one-time expenditures and startup costs for new programs or projects, subject to City Council approval.
General Fund Reserve: $3.34 million
Consistent with the KMP and to ensure the City maintains adequate financial reserves, $3.34 million or 5% of the General Fund revenue budget will be allocated to various reserve funds as follows:
Building Reserve: $750,000
Park Infrastructure Reserve: $750,000
Economic Reserve: $500,000
Fleet Capital Reserve: $1.34 million
These allocations will strengthen the City’s financial position by reinforcing critical reserves that support infrastructure, economic stability, and capital needs.
Recommended Use of General Fund Surplus: $4.55 million
After careful consideration, staff recommends using the remaining $4.55 million to support City Council priorities and enhance core City services. The proposed allocations, detailed in Attachment 4, are identified as follows:
Amphitheater Upgrades: $250,000
CAD to CAD: $150,000
Clover Valley: $2.0 million
Corporation Yard Generator: $200,000
Facilities Assessment: $250,000
Fleet Parking Lot: $200,000
In Lieu/Inclusionary Housing Fee Study: $150,000
Northwest Community Parks Master Plan: $300,000
Professional Development: $150,000
Public Safety Communications Upgrade: $500,000
Public Works Organizational Assessment: $75,000
Shade Sails: $145,568
User Fee Study: $75,000
Website Refresh: $100,000
In addition to the General Fund allocations, staff recommends that the City Council authorize the redirection of $1 million originally allocated to fund IRS Section 115 trust retirees health to the pension trust. In 2014, the City established an irrevocable trust under IRS Section 115 to prefund retiree health costs and ensure the long-term stability of these obligations. With the retiree health trust projected to be fully funded by the end of the current fiscal year, reallocating these funds to the pension trust, established in 2023, provides an opportunity to address pension liabilities in a financially prudent manner. This redirection aligns with the City’s ongoing efforts to manage long-term obligations and maintain fiscal responsibility. 1119
The proposed allocations and commitments align with the City’s strategic priorities, ensuring financial stability, public safety enhancements, infrastructure improvements, and high-quality community services. Staff recommends that the City Council approve the proposed allocations as outlined in this report and budget amendments reflected in Attachment 3. 2023-2025 Strategic Plan Update
On May 9, 2023, the City Council endorsed the results of the 2023-2025 Strategic Plan along with the accompanying Two-Year Work Plan. These documents were created through a collaborative effort between the City Council and City staff, following a Strategic Planning workshop held on March 22, 2023. The plan revolves around five strategic outcomes, or "Pillars," each supported by guiding directional statements that inform the development of the Two-Year Work Plan.
Spanning from July 1, 2023, to June 30, 2025, the Two-Year Work Plan outlines specific projects and programs that align with these strategic priorities. Identified as key focus areas, these initiatives are supported by allocated resources to ensure progress over the during the plan’s current lifespan.
The attached Strategic Plan Program Update (Attachment 5) offers a detailed summary of the progress made on the Work Plan from October – December 2024. This update tracks staff- recommended and City Council-approved initiatives, showcasing advancements across the five strategic pillars. This update serves as a snapshot of ongoing efforts under the 2023-2025 Strategic Plan. Staff remain dedicated to advancing the strategic goals and working towards realizing the City's vision for the future.
Fiscal Impact:
Sufficient funds are available in their respective funds in FY 2024/25 Operating Budget to support the staff recommendations.
ATTACHMENTS:
1. Resolution
2. Resolution Exhibit A - FY25 Second Quarter Financial Report
3. Resolution Exhibit B - Budget Amendments
4. FY 2023/24
Year End Excess Resources - Funding Recommendations
5. 2023-2025 Strategic Plan Update (October - December 2024) 1120
Resolution No. 2025- February 25, 2025 Page 1 of 1
1 RESOLUTION NO. 2025-
RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROCKLIN
ACCEPTING THE QUARTERLY FINANCIAL REPORT
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024, AND
AMENDING THE FISCAL YEAR 2024/25 OPERATING BUDGET
WHEREAS, the quarterly financial report provides an overview of the City of Rocklin’s current financial position, and in connection therewith, City departments with the Finance division evaluate budget-to-actual performance for fiscal soundness or potential issues requiring immediate actions, recommend any necessary mitigating plan, if needed, and to make operational changes as required. The Quarterly Financial Report for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 is attached hereto as Exhibit A; and WHEREAS, with the completion of the annual financial audit, excess General Fund resources from fiscal year 2023/24 have been identified, and committing these resources necessitates a budget amendment; and
WHEREAS, as part of this review, staff has identified areas requiring operational changes, along with necessary budget amendments based on appropriations previously approved by the City Council for the fiscal year 2024/25 budget to date.
NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Rocklin does resolve as follows:
Section 1. The City Council of the City of Rocklin accepts the Quarterly Financial Report for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 as reflected in Exhibit “A,” attached hereto and incorporated herewith by reference.
Section 2. The FY 2024/25 Operating Budget is amended as outlined in Exhibit “B,” attached hereto and incorporated herewith by reference.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this 25th day of February 2025, by the following vote:
AYES: Councilmembers:
NOES: Councilmembers:
ABSENT: Councilmembers:
ABSTAIN: Councilmembers:
__________________________________
Jill Gayaldo, Mayor
ATTEST:
__________________________________
Avinta Singh, City Clerk
1121
1 | Page
Fiscal Year 2024/25 Quarterly Financial Report
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2024
The quarterly financial report provides an overview of the City of Rocklin’s (City) current financial position.
The City departments and the Administrative Servic es - Finance Division evaluate budget-to-actual performance for fiscal soundness or potential issues requiring immediate action, any necessary mitigating plans, or operational changes required.
On June 25, 2024, the City Council adopted Reso lution No. 2024-174 approving the FY 2024/25 Budget, totaling $115 million for operations and capital improvements for all funds, and $66.9 million in the General Fund. Year-to-date expenditure budget through Dece mber 31, 2024 is $75.8 million, as amended. This reflects the City Council approved budget amendments and carryforward funds from fiscal year (FY) 2023/24 to support projects, grants, and equipment purchases continued from the prior year.
Economic Development Update
Labor Market Data
The City of Rocklin’s unemployment rate was at 3.7% in December of 2024, with a labor force of 35,600 and employment at 34,200. The unemployment rate in the Sacramento--Roseville--Arden-Arcade MSA was
4.6% in December 2024, which remain unchanged from the prior year. This compares with an unadjusted unemployment rate of 5.2% for California and 3. 8% for the nation during the same period. The unemployment rate was 4.3% in El Dorado County, 4.0% in Placer County, 4.7% in Sacramento County, and
5.3% in Yolo County.
Between December 2023 and December 2024, total jobs in the region increased by 11,500 or 1.0%. Private education and health services sector cont inue to lead in job growth, adding 13,400 jobs.
Specifically, healthcare and social assistance contributed 13,100 jobs, while private educational services accounted for an additional 300 jobs.
Government jobs increased by 3,700 jobs year over year, with gains distributed across local government (up 3,200 jobs) and state government (up 700 jobs), while the federal government saw a decrease of 200 jobs.
In the same period, professional and business services added 500 jobs, the administrative and support and waste services added 600 jobs, while management of companies and enterprises lost 100 jobs.
While some industries added jobs, others repo rted declines. Construction lost 3,400 jobs, manufacturing lost 1,100 jobs, and financial services lost 1,100 jobs. 1122
2 | Page
Between November 2024 and December 2024, combined employment in the counties of El Dorado, Placer, Sacramento, and Yolo increased by 1,100 to total 1,115,900 jobs. The leisure and hospitality industry added 600 jobs and the arts, entertainment, and recreation added 800 jobs.
Trade, transportation, and utilities experienced a seasonal gain in December adding 1,600 jobs. After experiencing job losses for three consecutiv e months, the other services sector recovered adding 400 jobs in December.
In contrast, the industries the government sector lost 1,300 jobs from November to December. This includes a decrease of 700 jobs in State government and a decrease 600 jobs in local government, while federal government employment remained unchanged.
Residential Real Estate
Between December 2023 and December 2024, the me dian home price for detached single-family residential properties in Rocklin increased by 6.5%, increasing from $635,000 to $676,000. This also reflected a 4.2% increase in comparison to the previo us quarter, indicating an ongoing upward trend. In addition, homes were selling faster, as the average da ys properties spent on the market decreased. In December 2024, the average days on the market were 39, representing a 13.3% reduction compared to 45 days in December of 2023. These indicators confirm that December 2024 remained a seller’s market.
General Fund Revenues
The following chart reflects the current fiscal year’s budget-to-actual revenue received through December 31, 2024, and the comparative budget-to-actual revenues from the prior year for the same period.
General Fund Revenue Summary
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2024
General Fund operating revenues are within budgetary expectations as of December 31, 2024. Year-to- date through December 31, the City’s General Fund revenue is $17 million, which is 25.5% of General Fund total resources. Revenues collected th rough the second quarter is consistent with prior years, as the first property tax revenue will be received in January 2025.
Revenue Category
Revised
Budget
FY 2023/24
Revenues
through
12/31/2023
% Received
FY 2023/24
Revised
Budget
FY 2024/25
Revenges
through
12/31/2024
% Received
FY 2024/25
Property Tax 24,006,800 323,050 1.3% 25,213,600 342,988 1.4% Sales and Use Tax 20,737,300 7,179,782 34.6% 20,024,200 7,390,585 36.9% Transient Occupancy Tax 1,338,000 376,733 28.2% 1,018,000 460,908 45.3% Building Permits 3,515,300 1,341,365 38.2% 3,881,900 1,732,602 44.6% Franchise 2,465,100 476,657 19.3% 2,802,900 466,418 16.6% Other Revenues 13,639,200 6,778,644 49.7% 13,811,199 6,736,127 48.8% Total 65,701,700$ 16,476,232$ 25.1% 66,751,799$ 17,129,628$ 25.7% 1123
3 | Page
Property Tax. Property taxes are the largest Genera l Fund revenue source, accounting for approximately 38% of all General Fund revenues. Property taxes fluc tuate based on real estate market conditions, new construction activity, and adjustments to the tax roll. The majority of property tax revenues are received in January and May and update will be included in the third quarter financial report.
Sales and Use Tax. Sales and use taxes make up approximately 30% of General Fund revenues. Sales tax is imposed on the total retail price of any tangible personal property and the use or storage of such property.
Year-to-date through December 31, sales tax revenue s are $7.4 million (36.9% of budget), compared to $7.2 million (34.6% of budget) from the prior year. This increase reflects moderate growth in sectors such as restaurants and hotels, although challenges remain due to rising labor and food costs. However, the fuel and consumer goods sector experienced a decline, driv en by decreased consumption, increased inflation, and changing consumer behavior. The overall outlook remains uncertain, as economic trends suggest a slower recovery. Interest rates remain high, labor ma rkets are showing signs of strain, a continued shift toward online shopping impacts direct tax allocati ons across segments, and budget-conscious spending has led to fewer visits to fine dining establishments and leisure-entertainment activities. Given the volatility of sales tax revenue, staff will cl osely monitor sales tax revenues for signs of above or below budget performance.
Transient Occupancy Tax. Transient occupancy taxes (T OT) make up only 1.5% of General Fund revenues.
This tax is imposed on guest as part of their room rates and is collected by the lodging provided on behalf of the City. TOT authorized by the City of Rock lin Municipal Code 5.24 and under State Revenue and Taxation Code Section 7280, as an additional source of non-property tax revenue to local government. The tax is applied once a guest is charged rent by an op erator for lodging purposes at a rate of ten percent (10%) as of January 1, 2023. Year-to-date through December 31, TOT revenues are $460,908 (45.3% of budget), compared to $376,733 (28.2% of budget) from the prior year. At this time, TOT revenue appears to be on track to meet budget.
Building Permits. Year-to-date buil ding permit revenue through December 31, is $1.7 million (44.6% of budget), compared to $1.3 million (38.2% of budget) one year ago, reflecting an increase of approximately
30.7% from the prior year. Over the past two years, building permit activity has experienced a slight decline.
Although building activities typically slow during the winter months due to weather conditions, there has been a moderate increase in activity, leading to hi gher permit revenues compared to the previous year.
The increase seen in November and December is largely attributed to the commercial permit issued for the Nugget Market on Whitney Ranch and new single-famil y homes. While the City is nearing build-out in single-family residential areas, buil ding activity related to alteration s of existing single-family homes remains optimistic. Staff will continue to closely monitor performance and make adjustments as needed to stay on track with budget expectations.
Franchise Tax. Franchise tax includes fees from gas, electr ic, garbage, and telecommunication services.
Year-to-date revenue through December 31, is $466,418 (16.6% of budget), compared to $476,657 (19.3% of budget). At this time, franchise tax appears to be on track to meet budget.
1124
4 | Page
Other Revenues. Other General Fund Revenues through Decemb er 31, 2024, total $6.7 million (48.8% of budget) compared to $6.8 million (49.7% of budget) one year ago.
Staff will continue to monitor all revenue sources and provide updates in these quarterly reports.
Department Revenues and Expenditures
The following charts reflect comparative budget to actual information for the General Fund departments.
General Fund Department Revenue Summary
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2024
Year-to-date General Fund department revenues th rough December 31, 2024 is $4.6 million (36.1% of budget) compared to $3.8 million (32.1 % of budget) one year ago. At this time, department revenues appear to be in line with the budget.
General Fund Department Expenditure Summary
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2024
Revenue Category
Revised
Budget
FY 2023/24
Revenues
through
12/31/2023
% Received
FY 2023/24
Revised
Budget
FY 2024/25
Revenges
through
12/31/2024
% Received
FY 2024/25
City Manager 125,000 ‐ 0.0% 166,500 ‐ 0.0% Community Development 4,741,300 1,942,814 41.0% 5,179,000 2,738,622 52.9% Fire 2,819,500 313,126 11.1% 3,028,000 415,846 13.7% Parks & Recreation 2,479,000 1,030,312 41.6% 2,564,500 952,745 37.2% Police 1,564,800 429,163 27.4% 1,660,499 392,561 23.6% Public Works 245,200 132,903 54.2% 200,500 118,429 59.1% Total 11,974,800$ 3,848,317$ 32.1% 12,798,999$ 4,618,203$ 36.1% Department
Revised
Budget
FY 2023/24
Expended
through
12/31/2023
% Expended
FY 2023/24
Revised
Budget
FY 2024/25
Expended
through
12/31/2024
% Expended
FY 2024/25
City Council 99,400 30,573 30.8% 120,500 44,664 37.1% City Manager 2,810,058 552,270 19.7% 3,175,198 1,095,769 34.5% City Attorney 1,429,617 377,577 26.4% 1,160,050 669,563 57.7% City Clerk 329,000 96,532 29.3% 425,127 146,294 34.4% Administrative Services 6,150,891 2,407,843 39.1% 6,765,537 2,618,408 38.7% Community Development 6,446,715 1,944,232 30.2% 6,931,341 2,156,442 31.1% Fire 16,047,149 6,987,537 43.5% 14,425,680 5,797,747 40.2% Parks & Recreation 9,639,908 2,695,925 28.0% 9,598,496 2,943,311 30.7% Police 24,864,197 10,335,315 41.6% 25,528,403 9,287,153 36.4% Public Works 5,661,658 5,661,658 100.0% 4,707,410 1,532,652 32.6% Non Departmental 4,523,350 253,200 5.6% 2,921,200 3,327 0.1% Total 78,001,943$ 31,342,662$ 40.2% 75,758,942$ 26,295,330$ 34.7% 1125
5 | Page
Departments have expended approximately 34.7% of their total budget in the General Fund for FY 2024/25.
Expenditures are generally incurred as needs arise an d not equally throughout the year. As of December 31, 2024, both revenues and expenditures are within budgetary expectations.
Staff will continue to monitor and return to the City Council with the FY 2024/25 Third Quarter Financial Report in June 2025.
1126
Exhibit B
Fund Name (No.) Net Change
General Fund (100) 1,670,568$
Building Reserve (180) 750,000$
Economic Development
Reserve (122)
500,000$
Low Mod Income Housing
Asset (270)
(12,500)$
Parks Infrastructure Reserve
(170)
750,000$
Retirees' Health (151) (1,000,000)$
Vehicle Fleet Management
(500)
1,340,000$
Department Fund Name (No.) FTE
Revenue/
Reimbursement
Adjustments
Expenditure
Adjustments Description
General Fund
Administrative ServicesGeneral Fund (100) - - $ 150,000$ Funding for the professional development for City employees with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Administrative ServicesGeneral Fund (100) - - $ 75,000$ Funding for the user fee study with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
City Manager General Fund (100) - - $ 150,000$ Funding for the In-lieu/inclusionary housing fee study with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Non-Departmental General Fund (100) - 7,885,568$ - $ Fiscal Year (FY) 2023/24 General Fund (GF) surplus.
Non-Departmental General Fund (100) - - $ 750,000$ Building Reserve allocation with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Non-Departmental General Fund (100) - - $ 750,000$ Park Infrastructure Reserve allocation with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Non-Departmental General Fund (100) - - $ 500,000$ Economic Reserve allocation with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Non-Departmental General Fund (100) - - $ 1,340,000$ Fleet Capital Reserve allocation with the FY 2023/24 GF Surplus.
Non-Departmental General Fund (100) - - $ 2,000,000$ Contribution toward the acquisition of property within Clover Valley (valley slopes and floors).
Parks and Recreation General Fund (100) - - $ 300,000$ Funding for the Northwest Community Parks Master Plan with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Police General Fund (100) - 8,250$ 8,250$ Reimbursements received by the Police Department for hosting a two-day training session from other agencies.
Police General Fund (100) - 5,000$ 5,000$ Reimbursements received by the Police Dispatch unit for participating in a voluntary, one-time next generation 911 call testing.
Public Works General Fund (100) - - $ 200,000$ Funding for the emergency generator at the Corporation Yard.
Total General Fund - 7,898,818$ 6,228,250$ Other Funds
City Manager Low Mod Income
Housing Asset (270)
- - $ 12,500$ Provide community funding for homeless prevention and rapid rehousing.
Non-Departmental Building Reserve (180)- 750,000$ - $ Building Reserve allocation with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Non-Departmental Economic Reserve
(122)
- 500,000$ - $ Economic Reserve allocation with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Non-Departmental Park Infrastructure
Reserve (170)
- 750,000$ - $ Park Infrastructure Reserve allocation with the FY 2023/24 GF surplus.
Non-Departmental Retirees' Health Fund
(151)
- - $ 1,000,000$ Reallocation of funding to the pension trust.
Changes in Fund Balance
Description
Budget Adjustments
Reduce fund balance in support of homeless prevention and rapid rehousing.
Adjust fund balance to reflect fund balance commitments and net budget appropriations previously approved by the City Council. Commitments include:
+ Amphitheater Upgrade: $250,000
+ CAD to CAD: $150,000
+ Fleet Parking Lot: $200,000
+ Facilities Assessment: $250,000
+ Public Safety Communications Upgrade: $500,000
+ Public Works Organizational Assessment: $75,000
+ Shade Sails: $145,568
+ Website Refresh: $100,000
Adjust fund balance to reflect fund balance commitments.
Adjust fund balance to reflect fund balance commitments.
Adjust fund balance to reflect fund balance commitments.
Adjust fund balance to reflect fund balance commitments.
Reduce fund balance in support of pension trust.
1127
Exhibit B
Department Fund Name (No.) FTE
Revenue/
Reimbursement
Adjustments
Expenditure
Adjustments Description
Budget Adjustments
Non-Departmental Vehicle Fleet
Management (500)
- 1,340,000$ - $ Fleet Capital Reserve allocation with the FY 2023/24 GF Surplus.
Total Other Funds - 3,340,000$ 1,012,500$ 1128
FY 2023/24 Year End Excess Resources
FUNDING RECOMMENDATIONS
Amphitheater Upgrades ($250,000)
Staff recommends upgrades to the Quarry Park Amphitheater to enhance the stage and ancillary facilities, improving the overall event experience and expanding the venue's capabilities. Planned upgrades include replacing the soundboard concrete pad, expanding backstage areas, enhancing lighting for safety and automated control, and installing structural improvements like a truss and hoist system for rigging. Additionally, a shade screen will be added to provide comfort for performers. These upgrades will ensure the venue can accommodate a wider range of performances and community events, supporting Rocklin’s “Livable” strategic pillar by fostering a quality, inclusive space that promotes health, happiness, and prosperity.
CAD to CAD ($150,000)
Staff recommends investing in a CAD to CAD system for the Fire Department. This project aims to improve emergency response times across Rocklin and Placer County by enhancing communication between public safety agencies. In emergencies that span jurisdictions, nearly every fire agency relies on mutual aid, and quick, accurate communication is critical. However, incompatible Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD) systems create inefficiencies in emergency communication. This project reduces voice calls between dispatchers, providing instant and reliable incident information between agencies, and dramatically cutting dispatch to response times. By improving emergency response coordination, the project directly supports Rocklin's strategic pillar of "Safe”, which strives to ensure residents feel secure walking, biking, and enjoying public spaces, while prioritizing rapid, efficient emergency response to keep the community safe.
Clover Valley ($2,000,000)
The City Council directed staff to prepare an agreement with the Placer Land Trust to contribute $2 million toward the acquisition of property within Clover Valley, often referred to as the “slopes and valley floor.” This funding will support the purchase and permanent preservation of the land for public use and conservation.
Corporation Yard Emergency Generator ($200,000)
As part of the City’s emergency preparedness efforts, staff recommends purchasing an emergency generator for the corporation yard to ensure continuous operations during power outages. The corporation yard serves as a secondary Emergency Operations Center, and as a critical hub for the Public Works and Parks and Recreation departments’ emergency response operations. Funding for the generator was originally approved by the City Council in FY 2021/22; however, the funds were not carried forward in the budget process. This appropriation is necessary to re-assign resources to this critical need, ensuring the corporation yard is able to remain operational during power disruptions. This project aligns with the strategic pillar of “Resilience,” supporting the City’s ability to withstand and quickly recover from disasters and disruptions. 1129
Facilities Assessment ($250,000)
Staff recommends conducting a comprehensive facilities assessment to evaluate the condition of all of its City buildings and develop a long-term maintenance plan aimed at extending the life of these structures. This assessment will involve an evaluation of each building’s exterior, interior, systems, and components, identifying necessary repairs, replacements, and modernization projects. The assessment will prioritize repairs, provide cost-effective solutions, and create a Preventative Maintenance Plan, helping the City effectively manage its assets and plan for future needs. This project directly supports the City’s “Sustainable” strategic pillar by ensuring long-term financial planning and extending the life of City buildings. By proactively managing its facilities, the City is reinforcing its fiscal responsibility and providing a strong foundation for the community’s continued success.
Fleet Parking Lot ($200,000)
Staff recommends the Civic Center Fleet Parking Lot Improvement Project to enhance the functionality and safety of the City’s fleet storage and maintenance facilities. This project will upgrade parking lot infrastructure, ensuring that the City’s fleet is securely housed and easily accessible for daily operations. The project includes creating a secure parking area adjacent to Quarry Park Amphitheater that will include paving, lighting, fencing, and electric charging infrastructure. This project directly supports the City of Rocklin’s Strategic Plan Pillar of “Safe”, by improving the parking and storage conditions for city fleet vehicles to ensure that critical resources are maintained in a secure environment.
In Lieu/Inclusionary Housing Fee Study ($150,000)
Based on the feedback provided at the 2024 joint City Council-Planning Commission workshop, staff recommends a project to evaluate an inclusionary housing ordinance and implementation of an in-lieu fee for affordable housing projects. The study will assess policy options to ensure the City effectively addresses community needs and complies with state housing laws. This initiative directly aligns with the City’s “Livable” strategic pillar, ensuring affordable housing opportunities that promote health, happiness, and prosperity for all Rocklin residents.
Northwest Community Parks Master Plan ($300,000)
Staff recommends funding the development of a Master Plan for three Northwest Community Parks—Whitney Park Phase 2, Margaret Azevedo Park, and Kathy Lund Park— which aims to maximize the potential of these spaces by incorporating innovative ideas and engaging the community throughout the planning process. The final Master Plan will propose a variety of recreational uses that not only meet the needs of Rocklin residents but also provide additional recreation opportunities and benefits that could attract outside visitors. This project aligns with the City’s “Livable” strategic pillar by creating inviting gathering spaces and offering diverse parks and recreational opportunities that support the health, happiness, and prosperity of all residents. 1130
Professional Development ($150,000)
To strengthen workforce development and succession planning, staff recommends investing in the professional development of employees by establishing a comprehensive professional development program that offers targeted training opportunities aimed at enhancing skills, fostering growth, and advancing careers. This investment supports Rocklin’s “Sustainable” strategic pillar by ensuring the workforce is equipped to adapt to the evolving needs of the community. A well-trained and engaged workforce strengthens the City’s ability to effectively serve the public, contributes to long-term financial stability, and supports the City's efforts in diversifying funding sources, planning for the future, and maintaining a strong fiscal foundation that sustains the community’s quality of life.
Public Safety Communications Upgrade ($500,000)
Staff recommends a public safety communications upgrade to enhance the City of Rocklin’s emergency response capabilities and improve overall public safety through state-of-the-art technology. The existing radio infrastructure has reached its “end of life” and will require an upgrade to continue being supported under our current service contract. A comprehensive assessment is underway to identify the most efficient and optimal solution that ensures compatibility and enhances emergency response operations. By investing in advanced communication systems for local law enforcement, fire departments, and emergency services, this upgrade will ensure rapid and reliable information sharing across all city services. This project aligns with Rocklin’s strategic planning pillar of “Safe”, reinforcing the city's ongoing commitment to reducing crime, improving health, and maintaining the well-being of its residents.
Public Works Organizational Assessment ($75,000)
Staff recommends conducting a comprehensive analysis of the Public Works Department’s policies, procedures, management, and operations. This organizational assessment will evaluate the current systems in place, identify opportunities for improvement, and provide actionable recommendations to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the department. This project is directly aligned with the City of Rocklin’s Strategic Plan Pillar of “Sustainability”, which emphasizes the importance of diversifying funding sources and maintaining a strong fiscal foundation. By ensuring that the Public Works Department operates efficiently and sustainably, the city can better align its resources, reduce unnecessary expenditures, and enhance service delivery, which ultimately supports the long-term fiscal health of Rocklin.
Shade Sails ($145,568)
Staff recommends the installation of shade sails at various neighborhood parks to enhance the comfort and usability of these public spaces. Priority will be given to parks with the least shade and highest exposure to the elements. The installation of shade sails will help Rocklin continue to offer diverse parks and unique amenities that foster inviting gathering spaces. This initiative aligns directly with the City of Rocklin’s Strategic Plan Pillar of “Livable”, which emphasizes quality of life that promotes health, happiness, and prosperity. By enhancing park amenities, this project supports health 1131
and well-being by encouraging outdoor activity and social engagement in shaded, comfortable spaces.
User Fee Study ($75,000)
To ensure that service fees reflect the cost of providing City services, staff recommends conducting a user fee study. The study will evaluate the City’s current fee structure to ensure that cost recovery aligns with City policies, includes a fee comparison with similar jurisdictions, and incorporates best practices. Additionally, it will ensure compliance with all relevant regulations while accurately accounting for direct, indirect, and overhead costs associated with service provision. The study will help the City maintain financial sustainability while ensuring that fees remain fair, competitive, and reflective of the cost of services provided to the community. This project directly supports Rocklin’s “Sustainable” strategic pillar by ensuring a strong fiscal foundation that supports long-term community success and a high quality of life for residents.
Website Refresh ($100,000)
Staff recommends a comprehensive refresh to the City website, to modernize its design, functionality, and enhance overall user experience. Additionally, the refresh will bring the website into full compliance with ADA requirements, ensuring accessibility for all users. The refreshed website will serve as a one-stop shop for all resident resources, providing easy access to city services, information, and updates in a centralized and user-friendly platform. The project supports Rocklin’s “Vibrant” strategic pillar by leveraging technology to engage the community and create a more business-friendly environment, while ensuring flexibility and resilience in meeting the needs of a diverse and growing city.
1132
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
2023-2025 Strategic Planning Framework
1133
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
Rocklin is resilient and seeks ways to assist the community, businesses and citizens to be adaptable in the face of a changing world. The community is connected through a network of roadways, trails, and sidewalks that allow people and goods to move safely and efficiently throughout the City. Rocklin’s infrastructure is designed, built, and maintained to withstand and quickly recover from disasters and disruptions.
Pillar Objective Progress Update
October – December 2024
1. Work towards constructing and staffing a 4th
Rocklin Fire Station south/east of Interstate 80
Design development documents were completed, which includes preliminary design and conceptual design documents; design development documents completed the pre-review phase from internal and external stakeholders; an amendment to the land transfer agreement was executed granting the City more room for the station.
2. Update the City’s drainage infrastructure
master plan and prioritize critical
improvements
Consultant has inspected City bridges and major pipe crossings and completed this portion of the review. Consultant is investigating pipes larger than 42" in diameter as part of the next phase which is expected to continue over the spring and fall of 2025.
3. Update the City’s ADA Transition Plan ADA Community survey was published through Survey Monkey and added to the City website in December. The survey will remain open until June 2025 to allow for resident feedback. A refresh to the information on the City ADA webpage was also completed.
4. Establish a 3-year Pavement Management
Program
Consultant (NCE) has completed pavement inspections and importing data into StreetSaver. Consultant is reviewing City projects to update budgeting tool and decision tree.
5. Create and Implement a Strategic Plan for
Information Technology services
The IT Strategic Plan contract was awarded in October 2024, and the project is now underway.
6. Strengthen Interagency Relationships (FEMA,
Caltrans, CalOES, Army Corps, CDFW, etc.)
Regular coordination meetings are on-going.
1134
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
7. Identify innovative solutions to infrastructure
maintenance and enhancements
On-going. IT Strategic Plan will identify work order management needs with Public Works and Parks
8. Implement programs to reduce fire loss and
increase community preparedness
Completed. Rocklin Fire completed the Insurance Services Office review and maintained a Public Protection Classification of 2. The department continues to provide ongoing public safety education to reduce fire loss.
1135
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
Rocklin stimulates a vibrant and diverse community through technology and efficient planning that is flexible and responsive. Rocklin’s business friendly environment promotes economic vitality, welcoming new and supporting existing businesses through excellent customer service.
Pillar Objective Progress Update
October – December 2024
1. Continue implementation of the adopted Economic
Development Strategy and support efforts to recruit,
retain and expand local businesses
Staff had a booth at the Placer Valley 2024 event.
Attended Growth Factory GFX event at The Grounds.
Held a joint Stakeholders Summit event with GSEC at
SMA, America to discuss strategic industries with
local brokers and stakeholders. Presented Econ Dev
Strategy update at the December 10 City Council
meeting.
2. Invest in technology that supports economic development efforts
The following progress has been made towards the
City's IT economic development efforts for this
reporting period:
- Electronic Plan Review (Bluebeam) solution
implementation completed.
- SolarApp solution implementation completed.
- Continued use of Comcate for Code Enforcement
management.
- Increased the number of permit types available for
online applications and payment processing.
- New Trakit workflows under development to
streamline engineering permit processes.
- Ongoing work on GIS Dashboard to display permit
data for field inspectors.
3. Nurture efforts to establish the Quarry District as a regional destination
Executed the second amendment for the Purchase
and Sale Agreement with G3 Concepts for
development of the Big Gun site.
1136
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
4. Establish a small business outreach program with CDD to assist business owners with planning, permitting, and
inspections of new and tenant improvement projects
Created a development permit guide to provide to
clarity on the process.
5. Create and promote events and activities that will attract outside visitors and overnight stays
Participated in the Placer Valley Tourism (PVT)
Master Planning event to discuss the city’s needs and
collaborated with stakeholders to develop and
promote events and activities that will attract outside visitors and encourage overnight stays.
6. Support the newly created Arts Commission’s efforts:
o To review, update, and implement elements of the
2016 Rocklin Public Art Master Plan
o To advise the city council on all matters affecting
arts and culture of the city
o To encourage programs in the arts and to promote
the cultural enrichment of the community;
o To establish an effective liaison between the city,
county, and local cultural and artistic groups
Staff presented the Commission with a "Student Art in
City Hall" program to promote the arts with Rocklin
students. A draft "Visioning Document" was
presented to the Arts Commission that outlines
initiatives that align with the City Council's charge to encourage and promote the arts, which include a
student art in City Hall program, engaging in existing
City events to promote the arts, serve as liaisons for
local arts groups, and more.
1137
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
Rocklin responsive to the unique and emerging needs of the community and offers a quality of life that supports health, happiness and prosperity to all. This results in a community where residents have access to diverse parks, unique amenities, inviting gathering spaces, quality events, and exceptional educational opportunities.
Pillar Objective Progress Update
October – December 2024
1. Update the City’s Zoning Code An initial Recommendations Memo was prepared by the consultant identifying key areas of focus for the Zone Rocklin project.
2. Use master planning processes to guide
future development of parks that provide the
community with amenities that currently are
not offered within Rocklin’s park system
RFP was released and a firm was selected to complete a master plan for the Northwest Rocklin community parks. Pickleball, shop building and restrooms at SWRA are in the planning process.
3. Increase recreation programing to ensure
programs are offered to all ages and abilities
within the community
The Parks and Recreation Department continues to expand its offerings to ensure recreational programming is available for all ages and abilities within the community. A new American Sign Language (ASL) Sports program ran from October 3-October 24, 2024 and will be offered again next Fall.
Enrollment for the Shining Starts Soccer program designed for school age children with a variety for special needs was. The first session will be held from January 11 - February 22, 2025 and is already at capacity. The second session will be held on May 2 – May 20, 2025.
Enrollment for a new 5 vs. 5 adult basketball program was also added. The first session will begin February 16.
4. Identify critical gaps in City Trails within the
public Right Of Way
Purchase order for the consultant working on the connector bridge between SWRA and JSP has been issued.
1138
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
5. Complete the Oak & Pine affordable housing
project and support efforts to increase the
availability of affordable housing
City executed extension letter for Affordable Housing Agreement.
City released an RFP and selected a firm to complete the analysis for an inclusionary housing ordinance and in-lieu fee.
6. Continue to work with regional partners to
address homelessness in the City
Local Government Advisory Committee (LoGAC) completed first year and presented a Year One summary to the Continuum of Care (CoC). A potential site has been identified for a navigation center in South Placer and is being vetted.
1139
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
Rocklin seeks opportunities to diversify its funding sources to ensure a strong fiscal foundation. Intentional long-term financial planning ensures community success and supports the City’s quality of life.
Pillar Objective Progress Update
October – December 2024
1. Evaluate opportunities to create new sources of revenue to support critical City services
Research is ongoing.
2. Implement a new Records Management enterprise
system that is user friendly for both City staff and the public
Entered into consultant agreement with DRB
Consulting Services, and began developing project
timeline. Phase I of project will be updating Citywide
Records Retention Schedule.
3. Implement a Section 115 Trust to better address
CalPERS obligations
Item was completed in 2023.
4. Implement a two-year operating budget Kicked off internal budget development process for the two-year budget cycle (Fiscal Years 2025-27).
5. Update the City’s Purchasing Code Draft update to the Code prepared for Council consideration in January 2025.
6. Update Infrastructure Reserve Studies Project is ongoing.
7. Implement comprehensive workforce development and
succession planning programs
Continue working toward implementing the revised
performance management process, which will help with
the development of a succession planning program.
8. Establish plans for reaching 100% funded for the City’s facility and fleet replacement reserves
Began evaluating comprehensive fleet replacement
needs and the associated replacement cost required to
reach the reserve target.
1140
City of Rocklin
Strategic Pillars 2023-25
Rocklin residents feel comfortable walking and biking throughout the community, enjoying parks and public spaces, and know that the City is prioritizing the safety, health, and wellbeing of its community. Rocklin invests in public safety by providing resources and technology to consistently reduce crime and ensure the City remains safe. The City partners with nonprofits, social service agencies, and the community to address the Root causes of crime and social instability.
Pillar Objective Progress Update
October – December 2024
1. Maintain, improve, and expand City partnerships that aid in crime prevention and creating a safe community
Worked with many of Rocklin's larger retail entities to conduct Retail Theft Blitz Operations throughout the city. A total of five operations were conducted this quarter
resulting in five arrests.
2. Continue public education efforts regarding prevention of crimes of opportunity
RPD participated in over 15 community events including
Coffee with a Cop, Fentanyl Awareness Panel and a Drug
Take Back operation. RPD continues planning work with
RUSD and Sierra College to teach an AJ50 (Intro to
Criminal Justice) dual enrollment class at Rocklin HS and Whitney HS in the upcoming school year.
3. Evaluate the creation of a Real Time Crime Center The Rocklin Intelligence Center (RIC) added six more Automatic License Plate Readers (ALPRs) this quarter
near the Sierra College Blvd. and I-80 interchange
4. Improve Interoperability between law enforcement,
fire, and EMS agencies
The Fire Department received all portable dual band
radios in December 2024.
RPD began planning an update to eight towers to maintain quality radio communications and bring better coverage for both RPD and RFD.
5. Update antiquated Fire station alerting systems
Completed.
6. Improve Cardiac Arrest Survivability by deploying
citizen CPR public education and increasing AED
distribution
The department continued to provide hands only CPR
training at community events.
1141
City Council
Staff Report
Subject:
Establishing Campaign Contribution Regulations Regarding Redesignation of Committees and Accounts
Date:
February 25, 2025
Submitted By:
Matthew McOmber, City Attorney
Department:
City Attorney's Office
Recommendation:
Introduce, Waive the Full Reading and Read by Title Only, an Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Rocklin Adding Chapter 2.68 to the Rocklin Municipal Code Establishing Campaign Contribution Regulations.
Background:
State laws enacted pursuant to AB 571 govern an elective candidate’s ability to establish, fund, and use campaign contributions, committees, and associated bank accounts. Absent a local ordinance that provides alternative rules and regulations, cities are subject to the default State laws on these topics. The City of Rocklin does not currently have a campaign contribution limits ordinance and as such, is subject to AB 571. For City Council candidates, this means that unless the City adopts an ordinance that allows for different rules, a candidate who is qualified as a committee must establish a separate controlled committee and campaign bank account for each specific office each election cycle – candidates may not redesignate a committee from one election for another election. In light of the above, the City Council may consider adopting an ordinance to allow candidates to redesignate funds from office to office, with certain limitations, but without the mandate to establish a separate controlled committee.
The ordinance before the City Council with this item is provided for that purpose.
As drafted, the ordinance would not alter default State laws governing campaign contribution limits, which as of the date of this staff report are $5,900 per person, small contributor committee, and political party, respectively.
Additional information on these topics is available on the Fair Political Practices Commission’s (FPPC) website (see "AB 571 Fact Sheet" and "Local City and Contribution Rules (AB 571)" available online at https://www.fppc.ca.gov/).
Fiscal Impact:
There is no direct fiscal impact associated with the staff recommendation.
Item Number D3.
1142
ATTACHMENTS:
1. Ordinance
1143